1/* Target hook definitions. 2 Copyright (C) 2001-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 3 4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it 5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the 6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any 7 later version. 8 9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 12 GNU General Public License for more details. 13 14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see 16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. 17 18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. 19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve 20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */ 21 22/* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be 23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */ 24#include "target-hooks-macros.h" 25 26#undef HOOK_TYPE 27#define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook" 28 29HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target) 30 31/* Functions that output assembler for the target. */ 32#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_" 33HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out) 34 35/* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */ 36DEFHOOKPOD 37(open_paren, 38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\ 39assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\ 40default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.", 41 const char *, "(") 42DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")") 43 44/* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */ 45DEFHOOKPOD 46(byte_op, 47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\ 48@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\ 49@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\ 50@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\ 51@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\ 52@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\ 53@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\ 54@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\ 55@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\ 56@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\ 57@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\ 58@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\ 59@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\ 60@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\ 61These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\ 62of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\ 63byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\ 64aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\ 65@code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\ 66\n\ 67The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\ 68followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\ 69the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.", 70 const char *, "\t.byte\t") 71DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP) 72DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP) 73 74/* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose 75 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and 76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if 77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP 78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */ 79DEFHOOK 80(integer, 81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\ 82integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\ 83in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\ 84function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\ 85object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\ 86split the object into smaller parts.\n\ 87\n\ 88The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\ 89@code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\ 90when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.", 91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are 92 NULL. */ 93 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p), 94 default_assemble_integer) 95 96/* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label. */ 97DEFHOOK 98(post_cfi_startproc, 99 "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\ 100after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\ 101write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\ 102expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\ 103\n\ 104The default is to not output any assembly strings.", 105 void, (FILE *, tree), 106 hook_void_FILEptr_tree) 107 108/* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a 109 decl. */ 110DEFHOOK 111(decl_end, 112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\ 113terminate an initialized variable declaration.", 114 void, (void), 115 hook_void_void) 116 117/* Output code that will globalize a label. */ 118DEFHOOK 119(globalize_label, 120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\ 121@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\ 122that is, available for reference from other files.\n\ 123\n\ 124The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\ 125@code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.", 126 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name), 127 default_globalize_label) 128 129/* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */ 130DEFHOOK 131(globalize_decl_name, 132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\ 133@var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\ 134global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\ 135\n\ 136The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.", 137 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name) 138 139/* Output code that will declare an external variable. */ 140DEFHOOK 141(assemble_undefined_decl, 142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\ 143@var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\ 144@var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\ 145assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.", 146 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl), 147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree) 148 149/* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this 150 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the 151 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if 152 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if 153 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */ 154DEFHOOK 155(emit_unwind_label, 156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\ 157should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\ 158should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\ 159function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\ 160The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\ 161exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\ 162true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\ 163\n\ 164The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.", 165 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty), 166 default_emit_unwind_label) 167 168/* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */ 169DEFHOOK 170(emit_except_table_label, 171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\ 172It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\ 173to be broken up according to function.\n\ 174\n\ 175The default is that no label is emitted.", 176 void, (FILE *stream), 177 default_emit_except_table_label) 178 179/* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */ 180DEFHOOK 181(emit_except_personality, 182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\ 183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\ 184 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.", 185 void, (rtx personality), 186 NULL) 187 188/* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */ 189DEFHOOK 190(unwind_emit, 191 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\ 192given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\ 193returns @code{UI_TARGET}.", 194 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn), 195 NULL) 196 197DEFHOOKPOD 198(unwind_emit_before_insn, 199 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\ 200 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\ 201 be called afterward.", 202 bool, true) 203 204/* Return true if the target needs extra instructions to restore the current 205 frame address after a DW_CFA_restore_state opcode. */ 206DEFHOOK 207(should_restore_cfa_state, 208 "For DWARF-based unwind frames, two CFI instructions provide for save and\ 209 restore of register state. GCC maintains the current frame address (CFA)\ 210 separately from the register bank but the unwinder in libgcc preserves this\ 211 state along with the registers (and this is expected by the code that writes\ 212 the unwind frames). This hook allows the target to specify that the CFA data\ 213 is not saved/restored along with the registers by the target unwinder so that\ 214 suitable additional instructions should be emitted to restore it.", 215 bool, (void), 216 hook_bool_void_false) 217 218/* Generate an internal label. 219 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */ 220DEFHOOK_UNDOC 221(generate_internal_label, 222 "", 223 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno), 224 default_generate_internal_label) 225 226/* Output an internal label. */ 227DEFHOOK 228(internal_label, 229 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\ 230name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\ 231\n\ 232It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\ 233used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\ 234will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\ 235\n\ 236It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\ 237object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\ 238should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\ 239beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\ 240convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\ 241\n\ 242The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.", 243 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno), 244 default_internal_label) 245 246/* Output label for the constant. */ 247DEFHOOK 248(declare_constant_name, 249 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\ 250for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\ 251target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\ 252@code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\ 253and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\ 254will be an internal label.\n\ 255\n\ 256The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\ 257usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\ 258\n\ 259You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.", 260 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size), 261 default_asm_declare_constant_name) 262 263/* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */ 264DEFHOOK 265(ttype, 266 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\ 267the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\ 268if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\ 269reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.", 270 bool, (rtx sym), 271 hook_bool_rtx_false) 272 273/* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol 274 associated with the tree decl. */ 275DEFHOOK 276(assemble_visibility, 277 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\ 278commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\ 279hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.", 280 void, (tree decl, int visibility), 281 default_assemble_visibility) 282 283DEFHOOK 284(print_patchable_function_entry, 285 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\ 286@var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\ 287sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\ 288location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\ 289of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\ 290@code{__patchable_function_entries}.", 291 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p), 292 default_print_patchable_function_entry) 293 294/* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */ 295DEFHOOK 296(function_prologue, 297 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\ 298function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\ 299initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\ 300saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\ 301local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\ 302code should be output.\n\ 303\n\ 304The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\ 305macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\ 306\n\ 307@findex regs_ever_live\n\ 308To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\ 309@code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\ 310@var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\ 311prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\ 312call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\ 313@code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\ 314\n\ 315On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\ 316not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\ 317they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\ 318appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\ 319registers are used in the function.\n\ 320\n\ 321@findex frame_pointer_needed\n\ 322On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\ 323function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\ 324pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\ 325frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\ 326@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\ 327time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\ 328\n\ 329The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\ 330required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\ 331listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\ 332order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\ 333stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\ 334the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\ 335for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\ 336compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\ 337or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\ 338need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.", 339 void, (FILE *file), 340 default_function_pro_epilogue) 341 342/* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */ 343DEFHOOK 344(function_end_prologue, 345 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\ 346prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\ 347emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\ 348emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.", 349 void, (FILE *file), 350 no_asm_to_stream) 351 352/* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */ 353DEFHOOK 354(function_begin_epilogue, 355 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\ 356epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\ 357emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\ 358emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.", 359 void, (FILE *file), 360 no_asm_to_stream) 361 362/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */ 363DEFHOOK 364(function_epilogue, 365 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\ 366function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\ 367registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\ 368called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\ 369same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\ 370registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\ 371@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\ 372\n\ 373On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\ 374of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\ 375instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\ 376@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\ 377\n\ 378Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\ 379@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\ 380switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\ 381define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\ 382target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\ 383condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\ 384\n\ 385On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\ 386function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\ 387two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\ 388is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\ 389@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\ 390a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\ 391\n\ 392Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\ 393@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\ 394The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\ 395function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\ 396\n\ 397On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\ 398others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\ 399given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\ 400number of arguments.\n\ 401\n\ 402@findex pops_args\n\ 403@findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\ 404Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\ 405functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\ 406needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\ 407function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\ 408@code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.", 409 void, (FILE *file), 410 default_function_pro_epilogue) 411 412/* Initialize target-specific sections. */ 413DEFHOOK 414(init_sections, 415 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\ 416@file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\ 417of its own that you need to create.\n\ 418\n\ 419GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\ 420any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\ 421described below.", 422 void, (void), 423 hook_void_void) 424 425/* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS. 426 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with 427 which this section is associated. */ 428DEFHOOK 429(named_section, 430 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\ 431should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\ 432of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\ 433is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\ 434this section is associated.", 435 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl), 436 default_no_named_section) 437 438/* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section 439 declaration, using their numerical value. */ 440DEFHOOK 441(elf_flags_numeric, 442 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\ 443code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\ 444@code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\ 445emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\ 446numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\ 447@var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\ 448normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\ 449returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\ 450is emitted.", 451 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num), 452 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false) 453 454/* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL. 455 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot 456 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only 457 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()). 458 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit 459 (from static destructors). 460 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */ 461DEFHOOK 462(function_section, 463 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\ 464Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\ 465functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\ 466at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\ 467@var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\ 468(from static destructors).\n\ 469Return NULL if function should go to default text section.", 470 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit), 471 default_function_section) 472 473/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */ 474DEFHOOK 475(function_switched_text_sections, 476 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\ 477 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\ 478 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\ 479 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\ 480 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.", 481 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold), 482 default_function_switched_text_sections) 483 484/* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when 485 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations 486 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if 487 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */ 488DEFHOOK 489(reloc_rw_mask, 490 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\ 491selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\ 492should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\ 493local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\ 494\n\ 495The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\ 496is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\ 497when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\ 498in read-only sections even in executables.", 499 int, (void), 500 default_reloc_rw_mask) 501 502 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table 503 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */ 504DEFHOOK 505(generate_pic_addr_diff_vec, 506"Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\ 507or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\ 508\n\ 509The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\ 510equals true and false otherwise", 511 bool, (void), 512 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec) 513 514 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC 515 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be 516 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution. 517 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */ 518DEFHOOK 519(select_section, 520 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\ 521assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\ 522some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\ 523requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\ 524local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\ 525@var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\ 526\n\ 527The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\ 528variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\ 529\n\ 530See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.", 531 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align), 532 default_select_section) 533 534/* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its 535 alignment in bits. */ 536DEFHOOK 537(select_rtx_section, 538 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\ 539should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\ 540constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\ 541case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\ 542in bits.\n\ 543\n\ 544The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\ 545constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\ 546else in @code{readonly_data_section}.", 547 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align), 548 default_select_rtx_section) 549 550/* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as 551 for SELECT_SECTION. */ 552DEFHOOK 553(unique_section, 554 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\ 555and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\ 556As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\ 557the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\ 558\n\ 559The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\ 560ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\ 561example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\ 562Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.", 563 void, (tree decl, int reloc), 564 default_unique_section) 565 566/* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */ 567DEFHOOK 568(function_rodata_section, 569 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\ 570@samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\ 571The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\ 572the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\ 573if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\ 574otherwise.", 575 section *, (tree decl), 576 default_function_rodata_section) 577 578/* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix 579 for mergeable data sections. */ 580DEFHOOKPOD 581(mergeable_rodata_prefix, 582 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\ 583section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\ 584the string if a different section name should be used.", 585 const char *, ".rodata") 586 587/* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */ 588DEFHOOK 589(tm_clone_table_section, 590 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\ 591 tables.", 592 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section) 593 594/* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */ 595DEFHOOK 596(constructor, 597 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\ 598the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\ 599\n\ 600Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\ 601no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\ 602priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\ 603otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\ 604\n\ 605If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\ 606be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\ 607target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\ 608is not defined.", 609 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL) 610 611/* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */ 612DEFHOOK 613(destructor, 614 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\ 615functions rather than initialization functions.", 616 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL) 617 618/* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the 619 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for 620 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be 621 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at 622 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */ 623DEFHOOK 624(output_mi_thunk, 625 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\ 626function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\ 627inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\ 628adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\ 629the real function.\n\ 630\n\ 631First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\ 632contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\ 633contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\ 634in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\ 635e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\ 636all other incoming arguments.\n\ 637\n\ 638Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\ 639made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\ 640adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\ 641\n\ 642@smallexample\n\ 643p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\ 644@end smallexample\n\ 645\n\ 646After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\ 647@code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\ 648not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\ 649return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\ 650\n\ 651The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\ 652the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\ 653of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\ 654and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\ 655\n\ 656The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\ 657have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\ 658some targets, but probably not.\n\ 659\n\ 660If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\ 661front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\ 662@var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\ 663not support varargs.", 664 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta, 665 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function), 666 NULL) 667 668/* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */ 669/* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure 670 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's 671 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk. 672 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of 673 text to the output file. */ 674DEFHOOK 675(can_output_mi_thunk, 676 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\ 677to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\ 678arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\ 679generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\ 680previously exposed.", 681 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta, 682 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function), 683 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false) 684 685/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a 686 translation unit. */ 687DEFHOOK 688(file_start, 689 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\ 690find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\ 691by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\ 692quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\ 693@code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\ 694lets other target files rely on these variables.", 695 void, (void), 696 default_file_start) 697 698/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */ 699DEFHOOK 700(file_end, 701 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\ 702to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.", 703 void, (void), 704 hook_void_void) 705 706/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an 707 LTO output stream. */ 708DEFHOOK 709(lto_start, 710 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\ 711to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\ 712nothing.", 713 void, (void), 714 hook_void_void) 715 716/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an 717 LTO output stream. */ 718DEFHOOK 719(lto_end, 720 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\ 721to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\ 722nothing.", 723 void, (void), 724 hook_void_void) 725 726/* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a 727 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */ 728DEFHOOK 729(code_end, 730 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\ 731unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\ 732here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\ 733because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\ 734nothing.", 735 void, (void), 736 hook_void_void) 737 738/* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name 739 external. */ 740DEFHOOK 741(external_libcall, 742 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\ 743pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\ 744library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.", 745 void, (rtx symref), 746 default_external_libcall) 747 748/* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs 749 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */ 750DEFHOOK 751(mark_decl_preserved, 752 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\ 753directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\ 754.no_dead_code_strip directive.", 755 void, (const char *symbol), 756 hook_void_constcharptr) 757 758/* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */ 759DEFHOOK 760(record_gcc_switches, 761 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\ 762switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\ 763enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\ 764It can take the following values:\n\ 765\n\ 766@table @gcctabopt\n\ 767@item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\ 768@var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\ 769\n\ 770@item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\ 771@var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\ 772direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\ 773default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\ 774command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\ 775various different individual optimization passes.\n\ 776\n\ 777@item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\ 778@var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\ 779ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\ 780target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\ 781time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\ 782warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\ 783wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\ 784necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\ 785perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\ 786switches.\n\ 787\n\ 788@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\ 789This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\ 790\n\ 791@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\ 792This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\ 793@end table\n\ 794\n\ 795The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\ 796supported in the future.\n\ 797\n\ 798By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\ 799provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\ 800it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\ 801section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\ 802provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\ 803hook.", 804 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text), 805 NULL) 806 807/* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of 808 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target 809 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use 810 this information. */ 811DEFHOOKPOD 812(record_gcc_switches_section, 813 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\ 814ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\ 815hook.", 816 const char *, ".GCC.command.line") 817 818/* Output the definition of a section anchor. */ 819DEFHOOK 820(output_anchor, 821 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\ 822@code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\ 823The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\ 824of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\ 825\n\ 826If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\ 827it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\ 828If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\ 829is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.", 830 void, (rtx x), 831 default_asm_output_anchor) 832 833DEFHOOK 834(output_ident, 835 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \ 836 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \ 837 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \ 838 directive.", 839 void, (const char *name), 840 hook_void_constcharptr) 841 842/* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */ 843DEFHOOK 844(output_dwarf_dtprel, 845 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\ 846reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.", 847 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x), 848 NULL) 849 850/* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */ 851DEFHOOK 852(final_postscan_insn, 853 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\ 854output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\ 855if necessary.\n\ 856\n\ 857Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\ 858extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\ 859elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\ 860The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\ 861template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\ 862by checking the contents of the vector.", 863 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands), 864 NULL) 865 866/* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */ 867DEFHOOK 868(trampoline_template, 869 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\ 870on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\ 871the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\ 872label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\ 873\n\ 874If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\ 875for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\ 876code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\ 877to generate it on the spot.", 878 void, (FILE *f), 879 NULL) 880 881DEFHOOK 882(output_source_filename, 883 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\ 884 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\ 885 \n\ 886 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\ 887 for the file format in use is appropriate.", 888 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name), 889 default_asm_output_source_filename) 890 891DEFHOOK 892(output_addr_const_extra, 893 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\ 894can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\ 895the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\ 896@code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\ 897\n\ 898If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\ 899so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\ 900itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\ 901return @code{true}.", 902 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x), 903 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false) 904 905/* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct, 906 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their 907 initializers. */ 908#undef HOOK_PREFIX 909#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_" 910 911/* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */ 912/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND, 913 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */ 914DEFHOOK_UNDOC 915(print_operand, 916 "", 917 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code), 918 default_print_operand) 919 920/* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */ 921/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS, 922 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */ 923DEFHOOK_UNDOC 924(print_operand_address, 925 "", 926 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr), 927 default_print_operand_address) 928 929/* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the 930 `print_operand' hook. */ 931/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P, 932 not this hook. */ 933DEFHOOK_UNDOC 934(print_operand_punct_valid_p, 935 "", 936 bool ,(unsigned char code), 937 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p) 938 939/* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and 940 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */ 941DEFHOOK 942(mangle_assembler_name, 943 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\ 944 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\ 945 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\ 946 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\ 947 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.", 948 tree, (const char *name), 949 default_mangle_assembler_name) 950 951HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out) 952 953/* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these 954 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */ 955#undef HOOK_PREFIX 956#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_" 957HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched) 958 959/* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and 960 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through 961 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */ 962DEFHOOK 963(adjust_cost, 964 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\ 965relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\ 966dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\ 967value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\ 968used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\ 969description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\ 970as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\ 971description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\ 972output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\ 973times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\ 974acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\ 975@pxref{Processor pipeline description}.", 976 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost, 977 unsigned int dw), 978 NULL) 979 980/* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */ 981DEFHOOK 982(adjust_priority, 983 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\ 984@var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\ 985execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\ 986later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\ 987scheduling priorities of insns.", 988 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL) 989 990/* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be 991 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant 992 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */ 993DEFHOOK 994(issue_rate, 995 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\ 996issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\ 997Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\ 998an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\ 999constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\ 1000hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\ 1001This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\ 1002it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\ 1003@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.", 1004 int, (void), NULL) 1005 1006/* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we 1007 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */ 1008DEFHOOK 1009(variable_issue, 1010 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\ 1011from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\ 1012still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\ 1013@samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\ 1014@code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\ 1015You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\ 1016than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\ 1017@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\ 1018debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\ 1019@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\ 1020was scheduled.", 1021 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL) 1022 1023/* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */ 1024DEFHOOK 1025(init, 1026 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\ 1027instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\ 1028pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\ 1029is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\ 1030@var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\ 1031region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\ 1032scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.", 1033 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL) 1034 1035/* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */ 1036DEFHOOK 1037(finish, 1038 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\ 1039instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\ 1040cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\ 1041is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\ 1042to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\ 1043@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.", 1044 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL) 1045 1046 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */ 1047DEFHOOK 1048(init_global, 1049 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\ 1050@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\ 1051@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\ 1052@var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.", 1053 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL) 1054 1055/* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */ 1056DEFHOOK 1057(finish_global, 1058 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\ 1059@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\ 1060@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.", 1061 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL) 1062 1063/* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different 1064 places. Default does nothing. */ 1065DEFHOOK 1066(reorder, 1067 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\ 1068list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\ 1069combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\ 1070@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\ 1071debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\ 1072@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\ 1073list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\ 1074a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\ 1075reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\ 1076@var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\ 1077is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\ 1078the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\ 1079can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\ 1080@samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.", 1081 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL) 1082 1083DEFHOOK 1084(reorder2, 1085 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\ 1086function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\ 1087is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\ 1088@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\ 1089return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\ 1090this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\ 1091scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\ 1092cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.", 1093 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL) 1094 1095DEFHOOK 1096(macro_fusion_p, 1097 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.", 1098 bool, (void), NULL) 1099 1100DEFHOOK 1101(macro_fusion_pair_p, 1102 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\ 1103a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\ 1104(@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\ 1105group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\ 1106two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\ 1107validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.", 1108 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL) 1109 1110/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called 1111 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given 1112 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */ 1113DEFHOOK 1114(dependencies_evaluation_hook, 1115 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\ 1116chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\ 1117correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\ 1118example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\ 1119analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\ 1120dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\ 1121calculated.", 1122 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL) 1123 1124/* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions 1125 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and 1126 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to 1127 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated 1128 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function 1129 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are 1130 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of 1131 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the 1132 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */ 1133 1134DEFHOOK 1135(init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn, 1136 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.", 1137 void, (void), NULL) 1138 1139DEFHOOK 1140(dfa_pre_cycle_insn, 1141 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\ 1142pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\ 1143when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\ 1144simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\ 1145processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\ 1146based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\ 1147when the new simulated processor cycle starts.", 1148 rtx, (void), NULL) 1149 1150DEFHOOK 1151(init_dfa_post_cycle_insn, 1152 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\ 1153used to initialize data used by the previous hook.", 1154 void, (void), NULL) 1155 1156DEFHOOK 1157(dfa_post_cycle_insn, 1158 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\ 1159to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\ 1160simulated processor cycle finishes.", 1161 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL) 1162 1163/* The values of the following two members are pointers to 1164 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions. 1165 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called 1166 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */ 1167 1168DEFHOOK 1169(dfa_pre_advance_cycle, 1170 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\ 1171The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\ 1172to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\ 1173state on a single insn is not enough.", 1174 void, (void), NULL) 1175 1176DEFHOOK 1177(dfa_post_advance_cycle, 1178 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\ 1179The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\ 1180to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\ 1181state on a single insn is not enough.", 1182 void, (void), NULL) 1183 1184/* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value 1185 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for 1186 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the 1187 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make 1188 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will 1189 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of 1190 insns on the same cycle. */ 1191DEFHOOK 1192(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead, 1193 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\ 1194for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\ 1195chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\ 1196value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\ 1197@samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\ 1198subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\ 1199maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\ 1200@acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\ 1201packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\ 1202rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\ 1203\n\ 1204This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\ 1205processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\ 1206with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\ 1207@var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\ 1208@var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\ 1209processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\ 1210@var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\ 1211until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\ 1212the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\ 1213\n\ 1214Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\ 1215pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\ 1216schedules to choose the best one.\n\ 1217\n\ 1218The default is no multipass scheduling.", 1219 int, (void), NULL) 1220 1221/* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling 1222 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the 1223 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn 1224 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */ 1225DEFHOOK 1226(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard, 1227 "\n\ 1228This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\ 1229considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\ 1230zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\ 1231Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\ 1232the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\ 1233Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\ 1234number of cycles.\n\ 1235Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\ 1236instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\ 1237to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\ 1238\n\ 1239The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.", 1240 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL) 1241 1242/* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass 1243 scheduling. 1244 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling. 1245 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the 1246 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that 1247 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding 1248 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. 1249 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass 1250 scheduling on current cycle. */ 1251DEFHOOK 1252(first_cycle_multipass_begin, 1253 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\ 1254scheduling.", 1255 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p), 1256 NULL) 1257 1258/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN. 1259 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects 1260 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA. 1261 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the 1262 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that 1263 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding 1264 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. 1265 INSN is the instruction being evaluated. 1266 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding 1267 to a state before issuing INSN. */ 1268DEFHOOK 1269(first_cycle_multipass_issue, 1270 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.", 1271 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn, 1272 const void *prev_data), NULL) 1273 1274/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of 1275 instruction corresponding to DATA. 1276 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects 1277 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not 1278 described in DFA. 1279 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the 1280 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that 1281 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding 1282 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */ 1283DEFHOOK 1284(first_cycle_multipass_backtrack, 1285 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\ 1286an instruction.", 1287 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL) 1288 1289/* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current 1290 round of multipass scheduling. 1291 DATA is a pointer. 1292 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass 1293 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of 1294 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find 1295 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later, 1296 usually after advancing the cycle count. */ 1297DEFHOOK 1298(first_cycle_multipass_end, 1299 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\ 1300round of multipass scheduling.", 1301 void, (const void *data), NULL) 1302 1303/* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass 1304 scheduling after it has been allocated. 1305 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects 1306 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not 1307 described in DFA. */ 1308DEFHOOK 1309(first_cycle_multipass_init, 1310 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.", 1311 void, (void *data), NULL) 1312 1313/* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass 1314 scheduling before it is deallocated. 1315 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects 1316 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not 1317 described in DFA. */ 1318DEFHOOK 1319(first_cycle_multipass_fini, 1320 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.", 1321 void, (void *data), NULL) 1322 1323/* The following member value is pointer to a function called by 1324 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third 1325 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the 1326 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that, 1327 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through 1328 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted 1329 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes 1330 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler 1331 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth 1332 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which 1333 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */ 1334DEFHOOK 1335(dfa_new_cycle, 1336 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\ 1337on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\ 1338@var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\ 1339the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\ 1340is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\ 1341start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\ 1342verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\ 1343@var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\ 1344processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\ 1345and the current processor cycle.", 1346 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock, 1347 int clock, int *sort_p), 1348 NULL) 1349 1350/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the 1351 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence 1352 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn 1353 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is 1354 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The 1355 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by 1356 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles 1357 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the 1358 second insn (second parameter). */ 1359DEFHOOK 1360(is_costly_dependence, 1361 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\ 1362the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\ 1363are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\ 1364to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\ 1365being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\ 1366dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\ 1367parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\ 1368The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\ 1369insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\ 1370and @code{false} otherwise.\n\ 1371\n\ 1372Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\ 1373where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\ 1374delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\ 1375that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\ 1376important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\ 1377closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\ 1378not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.", 1379 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL) 1380 1381/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called 1382 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend 1383 that new instructions were emitted. */ 1384DEFHOOK 1385(h_i_d_extended, 1386 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\ 1387the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\ 1388per instruction data structures.", 1389 void, (void), NULL) 1390 1391/* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */ 1392 1393/* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */ 1394DEFHOOK 1395(alloc_sched_context, 1396 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.", 1397 void *, (void), NULL) 1398 1399/* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */ 1400DEFHOOK 1401(init_sched_context, 1402 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\ 1403It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\ 1404beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.", 1405 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL) 1406 1407/* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */ 1408DEFHOOK 1409(set_sched_context, 1410 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.", 1411 void, (void *tc), NULL) 1412 1413/* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */ 1414DEFHOOK 1415(clear_sched_context, 1416 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.", 1417 void, (void *tc), NULL) 1418 1419/* Frees the scheduler context. */ 1420DEFHOOK 1421(free_sched_context, 1422 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.", 1423 void, (void *tc), NULL) 1424 1425/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called 1426 by the insn scheduler. 1427 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type 1428 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the 1429 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1). 1430 It should return 1431 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type, 1432 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type, 1433 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly 1434 generated one. */ 1435DEFHOOK 1436(speculate_insn, 1437 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\ 1438speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\ 1439The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\ 1440version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\ 1441pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\ 1442or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\ 1443speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\ 1444the generated speculative pattern.", 1445 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL) 1446 1447/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called 1448 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction 1449 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */ 1450DEFHOOK 1451(needs_block_p, 1452 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\ 1453for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\ 1454instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.", 1455 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL) 1456 1457/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called 1458 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check 1459 instruction. 1460 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter 1461 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a 1462 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that 1463 is being performed. */ 1464DEFHOOK 1465(gen_spec_check, 1466 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\ 1467check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\ 1468speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\ 1469@var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\ 1470be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\ 1471recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\ 1472a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\ 1473@var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.", 1474 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL) 1475 1476/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides 1477 information about the speculation capabilities of the target. 1478 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */ 1479DEFHOOK 1480(set_sched_flags, 1481 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\ 1482enabled/used.\n\ 1483The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\ 1484The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.", 1485 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL) 1486 1487DEFHOOK_UNDOC 1488(get_insn_spec_ds, 1489 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.", 1490 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL) 1491 1492DEFHOOK_UNDOC 1493(get_insn_checked_ds, 1494 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}", 1495 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL) 1496 1497DEFHOOK 1498(can_speculate_insn, 1499 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\ 1500 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\ 1501 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\ 1502 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\ 1503 should not be speculated.", 1504 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true) 1505 1506DEFHOOK_UNDOC 1507(skip_rtx_p, 1508 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\ 1509 advance to the inner rtxes.", 1510 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL) 1511 1512/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides 1513 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is 1514 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer 1515 to ddg variable. */ 1516DEFHOOK 1517(sms_res_mii, 1518 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\ 1519resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\ 1520the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\ 1521backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\ 1522bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\ 1523of instructions divided by the issue rate.", 1524 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL) 1525 1526/* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch 1527 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its 1528 parameters. */ 1529DEFHOOK 1530(dispatch_do, 1531"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\ 1532in its second parameter.", 1533void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x), 1534hook_void_rtx_insn_int) 1535 1536/* The following member value is a a function that returns true is 1537 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed 1538 as the second parameter is true. */ 1539DEFHOOK 1540(dispatch, 1541"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\ 1542is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.", 1543bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x), 1544hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false) 1545 1546DEFHOOKPOD 1547(exposed_pipeline, 1548"True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\ 1549the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\ 1550also the latencies of operations.", 1551bool, false) 1552 1553/* The following member value is a function that returns number 1554 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for 1555 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */ 1556DEFHOOK 1557(reassociation_width, 1558"This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\ 1559parallelism required in output calculations chain.", 1560int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode), 1561hook_int_uint_mode_1) 1562 1563/* The following member value is a function that returns priority for 1564 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */ 1565DEFHOOK 1566(fusion_priority, 1567"This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\ 1568priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\ 1569are returned via pointer parameters.\n\ 1570\n\ 1571@var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\ 1572@var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\ 1573@var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\ 1574fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\ 1575@var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\ 1576should be calculated and returned.\n\ 1577\n\ 1578Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\ 1579be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\ 1580instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\ 1581sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\ 1582scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\ 1583should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\ 1584false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\ 1585scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\ 1586instructions.\n\ 1587\n\ 1588Given below example:\n\ 1589\n\ 1590@smallexample\n\ 1591 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\ 1592 add r4, r4, r10\n\ 1593 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\ 1594 sub r5, r5, r15\n\ 1595 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\ 1596 add r4, r4, r11\n\ 1597 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\ 1598 sub r5, r5, r16\n\ 1599@end smallexample\n\ 1600\n\ 1601On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\ 1602merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\ 1603loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\ 1604this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\ 1605instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\ 1606\n\ 1607@smallexample\n\ 1608 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\ 1609 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\ 1610 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\ 1611 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\ 1612 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\ 1613 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\ 1614 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\ 1615 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\ 1616@end smallexample\n\ 1617\n\ 1618Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\ 1619to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\ 1620pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\ 1621\n\ 1622@smallexample\n\ 1623 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\ 1624 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\ 1625 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\ 1626 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\ 1627 add r4, r4, r10\n\ 1628 sub r5, r5, r15\n\ 1629 add r4, r4, r11\n\ 1630 sub r5, r5, r16\n\ 1631@end smallexample\n\ 1632\n\ 1633Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\ 1634\n\ 1635Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\ 1636work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\ 1637\n\ 1638This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\ 1639the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.", 1640void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL) 1641 1642HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched) 1643 1644/* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */ 1645#undef HOOK_PREFIX 1646#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_" 1647HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone) 1648 1649DEFHOOK 1650(compute_vecsize_and_simdlen, 1651"This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\ 1652fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\ 1653@var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\ 1654The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\ 1655or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.", 1656int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL) 1657 1658DEFHOOK 1659(adjust, 1660"This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\ 1661to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.", 1662void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL) 1663 1664DEFHOOK 1665(usable, 1666"This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\ 1667in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\ 1668usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\ 1669to use it.", 1670int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL) 1671 1672HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone) 1673 1674/* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */ 1675#undef HOOK_PREFIX 1676#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_" 1677HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt) 1678 1679DEFHOOK 1680(vf, 1681"Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.", 1682int, (void), NULL) 1683 1684HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt) 1685 1686/* Functions relating to openacc. */ 1687#undef HOOK_PREFIX 1688#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_" 1689HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc) 1690 1691DEFHOOK 1692(validate_dims, 1693"This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\ 1694compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\ 1695and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\ 1696function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\ 1697outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\ 1698should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\ 1699are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\ 1700Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\ 1701true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\ 1702provide dimensions larger than 1.", 1703bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used), 1704default_goacc_validate_dims) 1705 1706DEFHOOK 1707(dim_limit, 1708"This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\ 1709or zero if unbounded.", 1710int, (int axis), 1711default_goacc_dim_limit) 1712 1713DEFHOOK 1714(fork_join, 1715"This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\ 1716function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\ 1717should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\ 1718It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\ 1719return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\ 1720gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\ 1721The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.", 1722bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork), 1723default_goacc_fork_join) 1724 1725DEFHOOK 1726(reduction, 1727"This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\ 1728@var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\ 1729instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\ 1730the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\ 1731expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\ 1732for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.", 1733void, (gcall *call), 1734default_goacc_reduction) 1735 1736HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc) 1737 1738/* Functions relating to vectorization. */ 1739#undef HOOK_PREFIX 1740#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_" 1741HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize) 1742 1743/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called 1744 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin 1745 function. */ 1746DEFHOOK 1747(builtin_mask_for_load, 1748 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\ 1749address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\ 1750used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\ 1751@var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\ 1752\n\ 1753The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\ 1754@var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\ 1755the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\ 1756@code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\ 1757two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\ 1758@var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\ 1759the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\ 1760from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\ 1761@var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\ 1762@var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\ 1763@var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\ 1764\n\ 1765If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\ 1766to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\ 1767use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\ 1768@code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\ 1769should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\ 1770described above.\n\ 1771If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\ 1772the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\ 1773log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.", 1774 tree, (void), NULL) 1775 1776/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of 1777 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */ 1778DEFHOOK 1779(builtin_vectorized_function, 1780 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\ 1781vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\ 1782@var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\ 1783The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\ 1784@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.", 1785 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in), 1786 default_builtin_vectorized_function) 1787 1788/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of 1789 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */ 1790DEFHOOK 1791(builtin_md_vectorized_function, 1792 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\ 1793vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\ 1794return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\ 1795@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.", 1796 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in), 1797 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function) 1798 1799/* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the 1800 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */ 1801DEFHOOK 1802(builtin_conversion, 1803 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\ 1804input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\ 1805The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\ 1806specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\ 1807(truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\ 1808\n\ 1809If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\ 1810@code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\ 1811conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.", 1812 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type), 1813 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion) 1814 1815/* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost 1816 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends 1817 on the data type and misalignment value. */ 1818DEFHOOK 1819(builtin_vectorization_cost, 1820 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\ 1821For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\ 1822misalignment value (@var{misalign}).", 1823 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign), 1824 default_builtin_vectorization_cost) 1825 1826DEFHOOK 1827(preferred_vector_alignment, 1828 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\ 1829vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\ 1830or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\ 1831@code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\ 1832a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\ 1833for alignment.\n\ 1834\n\ 1835The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\ 1836correct for most targets.", 1837 poly_uint64, (const_tree type), 1838 default_preferred_vector_alignment) 1839 1840/* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N 1841 iterations) for the given scalar type. */ 1842DEFHOOK 1843(vector_alignment_reachable, 1844 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.", 1845 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed), 1846 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable) 1847 1848DEFHOOK 1849(vec_perm_const, 1850 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\ 1851vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\ 1852also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\ 1853and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\ 1854the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\ 1855registers of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\ 1856@var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\ 1857\n\ 1858Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\ 1859if rtxes are provided.\n\ 1860\n\ 1861@cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\ 1862If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\ 1863try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\ 1864the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\ 1865instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\ 1866implementation approaches itself.", 1867 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1, 1868 const vec_perm_indices &sel), 1869 NULL) 1870 1871/* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a 1872 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter 1873 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */ 1874DEFHOOK 1875(support_vector_misalignment, 1876 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\ 1877store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\ 1878parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\ 1879the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\ 1880parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.", 1881 bool, 1882 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed), 1883 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment) 1884 1885/* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified 1886 scalar mode. */ 1887DEFHOOK 1888(preferred_simd_mode, 1889 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\ 1890mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\ 1891equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\ 1892transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.", 1893 machine_mode, 1894 (scalar_mode mode), 1895 default_preferred_simd_mode) 1896 1897/* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */ 1898DEFHOOK 1899(split_reduction, 1900 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\ 1901step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\ 1902against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\ 1903reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.", 1904 machine_mode, 1905 (machine_mode), 1906 default_split_reduction) 1907 1908/* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing 1909 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */ 1910DEFHOOK 1911(autovectorize_vector_sizes, 1912 "If the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is not\n\ 1913the only one that is worth considering, this hook should add all suitable\n\ 1914vector sizes to @var{sizes}, in order of decreasing preference. The first\n\ 1915one should be the size of @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\ 1916\n\ 1917The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\ 1918@code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\ 1919for autovectorization. The default implementation does nothing.", 1920 void, 1921 (vector_sizes *sizes), 1922 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes) 1923 1924/* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */ 1925DEFHOOK 1926(get_mask_mode, 1927 "A vector mask is a value that holds one boolean result for every element\n\ 1928in a vector. This hook returns the machine mode that should be used to\n\ 1929represent such a mask when the vector in question is @var{length} bytes\n\ 1930long and contains @var{nunits} elements. The hook returns an empty\n\ 1931@code{opt_machine_mode} if no such mode exists.\n\ 1932\n\ 1933The default implementation returns the mode of an integer vector that\n\ 1934is @var{length} bytes long and that contains @var{nunits} elements,\n\ 1935if such a mode exists.", 1936 opt_machine_mode, 1937 (poly_uint64 nunits, poly_uint64 length), 1938 default_get_mask_mode) 1939 1940/* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the 1941 mask is all zeros. */ 1942DEFHOOK 1943(empty_mask_is_expensive, 1944 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\ 1945type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\ 1946all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.", 1947 bool, 1948 (unsigned ifn), 1949 default_empty_mask_is_expensive) 1950 1951/* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */ 1952DEFHOOK 1953(builtin_gather, 1954 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\ 1955is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\ 1956the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\ 1957The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\ 1958loads.", 1959 tree, 1960 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale), 1961 NULL) 1962 1963/* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */ 1964DEFHOOK 1965(builtin_scatter, 1966"Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\ 1967is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\ 1968the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\ 1969The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\ 1970stores.", 1971 tree, 1972 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale), 1973 NULL) 1974 1975/* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */ 1976DEFHOOK 1977(init_cost, 1978 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation " 1979 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default " 1980 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, " 1981 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is " 1982 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block " 1983 "is being vectorized.", 1984 void *, 1985 (struct loop *loop_info), 1986 default_init_cost) 1987 1988/* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the 1989 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or 1990 block. */ 1991DEFHOOK 1992(add_stmt_cost, 1993 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to " 1994 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a " 1995 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for " 1996 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, " 1997 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The " 1998 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be " 1999 "revised.", 2000 unsigned, 2001 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind, 2002 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign, 2003 enum vect_cost_model_location where), 2004 default_add_stmt_cost) 2005 2006/* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized 2007 loop or block. */ 2008DEFHOOK 2009(finish_cost, 2010 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop " 2011 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and " 2012 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of " 2013 "the three accumulators.", 2014 void, 2015 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost, 2016 unsigned *epilogue_cost), 2017 default_finish_cost) 2018 2019/* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */ 2020DEFHOOK 2021(destroy_cost_data, 2022 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures " 2023 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the " 2024 "accumulator.", 2025 void, 2026 (void *data), 2027 default_destroy_cost_data) 2028 2029HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize) 2030 2031#undef HOOK_PREFIX 2032#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_" 2033 2034DEFHOOK 2035(preferred_else_value, 2036 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\ 2037to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\ 2038@code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\ 2039function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\ 2040of which there are @var{nops}.\n\ 2041\n\ 2042For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\ 2043a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\ 2044and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\ 2045\n\ 2046This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\ 2047like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\ 2048constant of type @var{type}.", 2049 tree, 2050 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops), 2051 default_preferred_else_value) 2052 2053DEFHOOK 2054(record_offload_symbol, 2055 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\ 2056sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\ 2057recorded in the offload function and variable table.", 2058 void, (tree), 2059 hook_void_tree) 2060 2061DEFHOOKPOD 2062(absolute_biggest_alignment, 2063 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\ 2064that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\ 2065@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.", 2066 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) 2067 2068/* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have 2069 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the 2070 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */ 2071DEFHOOK 2072(override_options_after_change, 2073 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\ 2074but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\ 2075pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\ 2076attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\ 2077when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\ 2078actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\ 2079@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.", 2080 void, (void), 2081 hook_void_void) 2082 2083DEFHOOK 2084(offload_options, 2085 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\ 2086translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\ 2087into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\ 2088to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\ 2089separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n", 2090char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null) 2091 2092DEFHOOK_UNDOC 2093(eh_return_filter_mode, 2094 "Return machine mode for filter value.", 2095 scalar_int_mode, (void), 2096 default_eh_return_filter_mode) 2097 2098/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */ 2099DEFHOOK 2100(libgcc_cmp_return_mode, 2101 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\ 2102of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\ 2103@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\ 2104targets.", 2105 scalar_int_mode, (void), 2106 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode) 2107 2108/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */ 2109DEFHOOK 2110(libgcc_shift_count_mode, 2111 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\ 2112of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\ 2113@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\ 2114targets.", 2115 scalar_int_mode, (void), 2116 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode) 2117 2118/* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */ 2119DEFHOOK 2120(unwind_word_mode, 2121 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\ 2122The default is to use @code{word_mode}.", 2123 scalar_int_mode, (void), 2124 default_unwind_word_mode) 2125 2126/* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */ 2127DEFHOOK 2128(merge_decl_attributes, 2129 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\ 2130handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\ 2131@code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\ 2132@var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\ 2133when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\ 2134attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\ 2135call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\ 2136\n\ 2137@findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\ 2138If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\ 2139for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\ 2140@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\ 2141will then define a function called\n\ 2142@code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\ 2143the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\ 2144add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\ 2145to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\ 2146@samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\ 2147@file{i386/i386.c}, for example.", 2148 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl), 2149 merge_decl_attributes) 2150 2151/* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */ 2152DEFHOOK 2153(merge_type_attributes, 2154 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\ 2155handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\ 2156@code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\ 2157that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\ 2158function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\ 2159merging.", 2160 tree, (tree type1, tree type2), 2161 merge_type_attributes) 2162 2163/* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them. 2164 Ignored if NULL. */ 2165DEFHOOKPOD 2166(attribute_table, 2167 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\ 2168attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\ 2169specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\ 2170entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\ 2171take.", 2172 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL) 2173 2174/* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first 2175 argument. */ 2176DEFHOOK 2177(attribute_takes_identifier_p, 2178 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\ 2179machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\ 2180given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\ 2181subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\ 2182false for all machine-specific attributes.", 2183 bool, (const_tree name), 2184 hook_bool_const_tree_false) 2185 2186/* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible, 2187 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible 2188 (which causes a warning to be generated). */ 2189DEFHOOK 2190(comp_type_attributes, 2191 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\ 2192@var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\ 2193and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\ 2194generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\ 2195supposed always to be compatible.", 2196 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2), 2197 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1) 2198 2199/* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */ 2200DEFHOOK 2201(set_default_type_attributes, 2202 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\ 2203the newly defined @var{type}.", 2204 void, (tree type), 2205 hook_void_tree) 2206 2207/* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */ 2208DEFHOOK 2209(insert_attributes, 2210 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\ 2211when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\ 2212wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\ 2213the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\ 2214created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\ 2215for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\ 2216shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\ 2217the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\ 2218attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\ 2219needed.", 2220 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr), 2221 hook_void_tree_treeptr) 2222 2223/* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute) 2224 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */ 2225DEFHOOK 2226(function_attribute_inlinable_p, 2227 "@cindex inlining\n\ 2228This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\ 2229into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\ 2230attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\ 2231target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.", 2232 bool, (const_tree fndecl), 2233 hook_bool_const_tree_false) 2234 2235/* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the 2236 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */ 2237DEFHOOK 2238(ms_bitfield_layout_p, 2239 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\ 2240@var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\ 2241Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\ 2242unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\ 2243different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\ 2244alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\ 2245bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\ 2246the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\ 2247(iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\ 2248another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\ 2249other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\ 2250\n\ 2251When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\ 2252of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\ 2253bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\ 2254and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\ 2255chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\ 2256size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\ 2257alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\ 2258\n\ 2259If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\ 2260the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\ 2261used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\ 2262precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\ 2263may affect its placement.", 2264 bool, (const_tree record_type), 2265 hook_bool_const_tree_false) 2266 2267/* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for 2268 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing 2269 before switching completely to the target hook. */ 2270DEFHOOK_UNDOC 2271(words_big_endian, 2272 "", 2273 bool, (void), 2274 targhook_words_big_endian) 2275 2276/* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */ 2277DEFHOOK_UNDOC 2278(float_words_big_endian, 2279 "", 2280 bool, (void), 2281 targhook_float_words_big_endian) 2282 2283DEFHOOK 2284(float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p, 2285 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\ 2286 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\ 2287 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\ 2288 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\ 2289 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\ 2290 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\ 2291 does not.", 2292 bool, (void), 2293 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p) 2294 2295/* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */ 2296DEFHOOK 2297(decimal_float_supported_p, 2298 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.", 2299 bool, (void), 2300 default_decimal_float_supported_p) 2301 2302/* True if the target supports fixed-point. */ 2303DEFHOOK 2304(fixed_point_supported_p, 2305 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.", 2306 bool, (void), 2307 default_fixed_point_supported_p) 2308 2309/* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */ 2310DEFHOOK 2311(align_anon_bitfield, 2312 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\ 2313whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\ 2314structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\ 2315the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.", 2316 bool, (void), 2317 hook_bool_void_false) 2318 2319/* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible. 2320 Return false if they should use the container type. */ 2321DEFHOOK 2322(narrow_volatile_bitfield, 2323 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\ 2324should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\ 2325these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\ 2326\n\ 2327The default is @code{false}.", 2328 bool, (void), 2329 hook_bool_void_false) 2330 2331/* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */ 2332DEFHOOK 2333(init_builtins, 2334 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\ 2335that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\ 2336necessary setup.\n\ 2337\n\ 2338Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\ 2339instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\ 2340they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\ 2341instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\ 2342\n\ 2343To create a built-in function, call the function\n\ 2344@code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\ 2345which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\ 2346up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\ 2347only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\ 2348@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.", 2349 void, (void), 2350 hook_void_void) 2351 2352/* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific 2353 built-in function decl for CODE. 2354 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE 2355 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */ 2356DEFHOOK 2357(builtin_decl, 2358 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\ 2359that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\ 2360builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\ 2361If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\ 2362if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\ 2363If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\ 2364@code{error_mark_node}.", 2365 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL) 2366 2367/* Expand a target-specific builtin. */ 2368DEFHOOK 2369(expand_builtin, 2370 "\n\ 2371Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\ 2372@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\ 2373function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\ 2374convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\ 2375@var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\ 2376@var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\ 2377ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\ 2378built-in function.", 2379 rtx, 2380 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore), 2381 default_expand_builtin) 2382 2383/* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done 2384 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to 2385 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a 2386 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really 2387 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */ 2388DEFHOOK 2389(resolve_overloaded_builtin, 2390 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\ 2391was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\ 2392@emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\ 2393implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\ 2394declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\ 2395arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\ 2396complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\ 2397another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\ 2398@var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}", 2399 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL) 2400 2401/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE 2402 and GENERIC. */ 2403DEFHOOK 2404(fold_builtin, 2405 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\ 2406@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\ 2407built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\ 2408the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\ 2409The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\ 2410containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\ 2411@var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.", 2412 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore), 2413 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null) 2414 2415/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */ 2416DEFHOOK 2417(gimple_fold_builtin, 2418 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\ 2419by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\ 2420statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\ 2421was made to the GIMPLE stream.", 2422 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi), 2423 hook_bool_gsiptr_false) 2424 2425/* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to 2426 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used 2427 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two 2428 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority 2429 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are 2430 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value 2431 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority 2432 and 0 if they are the same. */ 2433DEFHOOK 2434(compare_version_priority, 2435 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\ 2436determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\ 2437during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\ 2438versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\ 2439is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\ 2440 the two function decls that will be compared.", 2441 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL) 2442 2443/* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right 2444 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions. 2445 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body 2446 must be generated. */ 2447DEFHOOK 2448(generate_version_dispatcher_body, 2449 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\ 2450function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\ 2451@var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\ 2452body must be generated.", 2453 tree, (void *arg), NULL) 2454 2455/* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function 2456 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function 2457 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically 2458 identical versions. */ 2459DEFHOOK 2460(get_function_versions_dispatcher, 2461 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\ 2462versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\ 2463version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\ 2464identical versions.", 2465 tree, (void *decl), NULL) 2466 2467/* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements 2468 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */ 2469DEFHOOK 2470(builtin_reciprocal, 2471 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\ 2472reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\ 2473@code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.", 2474 tree, (tree fndecl), 2475 default_builtin_reciprocal) 2476 2477/* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated 2478 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return 2479 NULL. */ 2480DEFHOOK 2481(mangle_type, 2482 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\ 2483uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\ 2484to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\ 2485mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\ 2486the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\ 2487not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\ 2488for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\ 2489return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\ 2490string constant.\n\ 2491\n\ 2492Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\ 2493qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\ 2494fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\ 2495is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\ 2496length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\ 2497ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\ 2498@var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\ 2499@var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\ 2500code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\ 2501@code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\ 2502codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\ 2503spaces in your string.\n\ 2504\n\ 2505This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\ 2506name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\ 2507can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\ 2508before mangling.\n\ 2509\n\ 2510The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\ 2511appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\ 2512types.", 2513 const char *, (const_tree type), 2514 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null) 2515 2516/* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */ 2517DEFHOOK 2518(init_libfuncs, 2519 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\ 2520existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\ 2521@code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\ 2522@code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\ 2523library routines.\n\ 2524\n\ 2525The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.", 2526 void, (void), 2527 hook_void_void) 2528 2529 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */ 2530DEFHOOKPOD 2531(libfunc_gnu_prefix, 2532 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\ 2533underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\ 2534instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\ 2535currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\ 2536is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\ 2537@code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.", 2538 bool, false) 2539 2540/* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer 2541 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */ 2542/* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */ 2543DEFHOOK 2544(section_type_flags, 2545 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\ 2546based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\ 2547declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\ 2548null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\ 2549\n\ 2550The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\ 2551read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\ 2552need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\ 2553set via @code{__attribute__}.", 2554 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc), 2555 default_section_type_flags) 2556 2557DEFHOOK 2558(libc_has_function, 2559 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\ 2560@var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.", 2561 bool, (enum function_class fn_class), 2562 default_libc_has_function) 2563 2564/* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or 2565 not, at the current point in the compilation. */ 2566DEFHOOK 2567(cannot_modify_jumps_p, 2568 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\ 2569instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\ 2570every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\ 2571reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\ 2572\n\ 2573@smallexample\n\ 2574static bool\n\ 2575cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\ 2576@{\n\ 2577 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\ 2578@}\n\ 2579@end smallexample", 2580 bool, (void), 2581 hook_bool_void_false) 2582 2583/* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */ 2584DEFHOOK 2585(can_follow_jump, 2586 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\ 2587 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\ 2588 false, if it can't.\ 2589 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\ 2590 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.", 2591 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee), 2592 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true) 2593 2594/* Return a register class for which branch target register 2595 optimizations should be applied. */ 2596DEFHOOK 2597(branch_target_register_class, 2598 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\ 2599optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\ 2600usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\ 2601re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\ 2602to inter-block scheduling.", 2603 reg_class_t, (void), 2604 default_branch_target_register_class) 2605 2606/* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include 2607 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current 2608 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have 2609 already been generated. */ 2610DEFHOOK 2611(branch_target_register_callee_saved, 2612 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\ 2613registers\n\ 2614that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\ 2615returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\ 2616that all target registers in the class returned by\n\ 2617@samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\ 2618saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\ 2619epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\ 2620true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\ 2621to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\ 2622to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.", 2623 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen), 2624 hook_bool_bool_false) 2625 2626/* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */ 2627DEFHOOK 2628(have_conditional_execution, 2629 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\ 2630This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\ 2631modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.", 2632 bool, (void), 2633 default_have_conditional_execution) 2634 2635DEFHOOK 2636(gen_ccmp_first, 2637 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\ 2638 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\ 2639 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\ 2640 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\ 2641 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\ 2642 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\ 2643 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.", 2644 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1), 2645 NULL) 2646 2647DEFHOOK 2648(gen_ccmp_next, 2649 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\ 2650 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\ 2651 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\ 2652 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\ 2653 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\ 2654 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\ 2655 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\ 2656 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\ 2657 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\ 2658 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\ 2659 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\ 2660 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.", 2661 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code), 2662 NULL) 2663 2664/* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */ 2665DEFHOOK 2666(loop_unroll_adjust, 2667 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\ 2668should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\ 2669the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\ 2670the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\ 2671is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\ 2672number of memory accesses.", 2673 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop), 2674 NULL) 2675 2676/* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */ 2677DEFHOOK 2678(legitimate_constant_p, 2679 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\ 2680@var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\ 2681@var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\ 2682\n\ 2683The default definition returns true.", 2684 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x), 2685 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true) 2686 2687/* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */ 2688DEFHOOK 2689(cannot_force_const_mem, 2690 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\ 2691should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\ 2692of @var{x}.\n\ 2693\n\ 2694The default version of this hook returns false.\n\ 2695\n\ 2696The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\ 2697deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\ 2698from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\ 2699holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\ 2700of TLS symbols for various targets.", 2701 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x), 2702 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false) 2703 2704DEFHOOK_UNDOC 2705(cannot_copy_insn_p, 2706 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.", 2707 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL) 2708 2709/* True if X is considered to be commutative. */ 2710DEFHOOK 2711(commutative_p, 2712 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\ 2713Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\ 2714PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\ 2715of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.", 2716 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code), 2717 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p) 2718 2719/* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends 2720 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */ 2721DEFHOOK 2722(mode_dependent_address_p, 2723 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\ 2724space @var{addrspace} can have\n\ 2725different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\ 2726reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\ 2727but not others.\n\ 2728\n\ 2729Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\ 2730effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\ 2731of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\ 2732addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\ 2733\n\ 2734You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\ 2735\n\ 2736The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.", 2737 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace), 2738 default_mode_dependent_address_p) 2739 2740/* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific 2741 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */ 2742DEFHOOK 2743(legitimize_address, 2744 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\ 2745operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\ 2746address.\n\ 2747\n\ 2748@findex break_out_memory_refs\n\ 2749@var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\ 2750and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\ 2751@var{x}.\n\ 2752\n\ 2753The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\ 2754@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\ 2755should return the new @var{x}.\n\ 2756\n\ 2757It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\ 2758with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\ 2759The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\ 2760the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\ 2761is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\ 2762a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\ 2763strategy can generate better code.", 2764 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode), 2765 default_legitimize_address) 2766 2767/* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */ 2768DEFHOOK 2769(delegitimize_address, 2770 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\ 2771@code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\ 2772macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\ 2773references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\ 2774addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\ 2775the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\ 2776into their original form.", 2777 rtx, (rtx x), 2778 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs) 2779 2780/* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info 2781 section. */ 2782DEFHOOK 2783(const_not_ok_for_debug_p, 2784 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\ 2785debug sections.", 2786 bool, (rtx x), 2787 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p) 2788 2789/* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */ 2790DEFHOOK 2791(legitimate_address_p, 2792 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\ 2793address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\ 2794\n\ 2795Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\ 2796non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\ 2797desired by the caller.\n\ 2798\n\ 2799The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\ 2800that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\ 2801considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\ 2802kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\ 2803must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\ 2804up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\ 2805register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\ 2806if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\ 2807\n\ 2808The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\ 2809accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\ 2810register is required.\n\ 2811\n\ 2812Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\ 2813and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\ 2814constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\ 2815specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\ 2816recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\ 2817\n\ 2818Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\ 2819sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\ 2820@code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\ 2821naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\ 2822be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\ 2823\n\ 2824@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\ 2825On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\ 2826the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\ 2827target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\ 2828into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\ 2829@code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\ 2830@code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\ 2831Format}.\n\ 2832\n\ 2833@cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\ 2834Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\ 2835this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\ 2836has this syntax:\n\ 2837\n\ 2838@example\n\ 2839#define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\ 2840@end example\n\ 2841\n\ 2842@noindent\n\ 2843and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\ 2844address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\ 2845\n\ 2846@findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\ 2847Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\ 2848macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\ 2849@code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\ 2850that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\ 2851\n\ 2852Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\ 2853files that are recompiled when changes are made.", 2854 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict), 2855 default_legitimate_address_p) 2856 2857/* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */ 2858DEFHOOK 2859(use_blocks_for_constant_p, 2860 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\ 2861be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\ 2862of @var{x}.\n\ 2863\n\ 2864The default version returns false for all constants.", 2865 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x), 2866 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false) 2867 2868/* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */ 2869DEFHOOK 2870(use_blocks_for_decl_p, 2871 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\ 2872be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\ 2873\n\ 2874The default version returns true for all decls.", 2875 bool, (const_tree decl), 2876 hook_bool_const_tree_true) 2877 2878/* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */ 2879DEFHOOKPOD 2880(min_anchor_offset, 2881 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\ 2882On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\ 2883applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\ 2884for every mode. The default value is 0.", 2885 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0) 2886 2887DEFHOOKPOD 2888(max_anchor_offset, 2889 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\ 2890offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\ 2891value is 0.", 2892 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0) 2893 2894/* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */ 2895DEFHOOK 2896(use_anchors_for_symbol_p, 2897 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\ 2898@var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\ 2899@samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\ 2900\n\ 2901The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\ 2902intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\ 2903or target-specific sections.", 2904 bool, (const_rtx x), 2905 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p) 2906 2907/* True if target supports indirect functions. */ 2908DEFHOOK 2909(has_ifunc_p, 2910 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\ 2911The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\ 2912The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.", 2913 bool, (void), 2914 default_has_ifunc_p) 2915 2916/* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified 2917 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if 2918 this is an indirect call. */ 2919DEFHOOK 2920(function_ok_for_sibcall, 2921 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\ 2922call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\ 2923or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\ 2924\n\ 2925It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\ 2926tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\ 2927during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\ 2928as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\ 2929``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\ 2930may vary greatly between different architectures.", 2931 bool, (tree decl, tree exp), 2932 hook_bool_tree_tree_false) 2933 2934/* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function 2935 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top 2936 level, outside of any function scope. */ 2937DEFHOOK 2938(set_current_function, 2939 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\ 2940context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\ 2941the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\ 2942per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\ 2943attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\ 2944The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\ 2945and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\ 2946and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\ 2947The default hook function does nothing.\n\ 2948\n\ 2949GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\ 2950some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\ 2951situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\ 2952or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\ 2953@code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\ 2954outside of any function scope.", 2955 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree) 2956 2957/* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */ 2958DEFHOOK 2959(in_small_data_p, 2960 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\ 2961The default version of this hook always returns false.", 2962 bool, (const_tree exp), 2963 hook_bool_const_tree_false) 2964 2965/* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve 2966 to the current executable or shared library. */ 2967DEFHOOK 2968(binds_local_p, 2969 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\ 2970rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\ 2971or executable image).\n\ 2972\n\ 2973The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\ 2974for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\ 2975currently supported object file formats.", 2976 bool, (const_tree exp), 2977 default_binds_local_p) 2978 2979/* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */ 2980DEFHOOK 2981(profile_before_prologue, 2982 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\ 2983The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\ 2984@code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.", 2985 bool, (void), 2986 default_profile_before_prologue) 2987 2988/* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling 2989 enabled. */ 2990DEFHOOK 2991(keep_leaf_when_profiled, 2992 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\ 2993 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\ 2994 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\ 2995 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\ 2996 mcount is generated before the function prologue.", 2997 bool, (void), 2998 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled) 2999 3000/* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name, 3001 originally identified by ID, as required by the target, 3002 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names). 3003 The default is to return ID without modification. */ 3004DEFHOOK 3005(mangle_decl_assembler_name, 3006 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\ 3007by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\ 3008the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\ 3009or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\ 3010hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\ 3011your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\ 3012returns the @var{id} provided.", 3013 tree, (tree decl, tree id), 3014 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name) 3015 3016/* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into 3017 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */ 3018DEFHOOK 3019(encode_section_info, 3020 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\ 3021treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\ 3022function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\ 3023\n\ 3024The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\ 3025@var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\ 3026an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\ 3027rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\ 3028in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\ 3029\n\ 3030In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\ 3031a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\ 3032will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\ 3033register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\ 3034rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\ 3035leave it alone.)\n\ 3036\n\ 3037The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\ 3038that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\ 3039be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\ 3040declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\ 3041declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\ 3042@var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\ 3043\n\ 3044@cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\ 3045The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\ 3046@code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\ 3047Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\ 3048encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\ 3049discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\ 3050\n\ 3051The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\ 3052in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\ 3053@code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\ 3054before overriding it.", 3055 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p), 3056 default_encode_section_info) 3057 3058/* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */ 3059DEFHOOK 3060(strip_name_encoding, 3061 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\ 3062the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\ 3063may have added.", 3064 const char *, (const char *name), 3065 default_strip_name_encoding) 3066 3067/* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count, 3068 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */ 3069DEFHOOK 3070(shift_truncation_mask, 3071 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\ 3072deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\ 3073@xref{shift patterns}.\n\ 3074\n\ 3075On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\ 3076shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\ 3077equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\ 3078this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\ 3079otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\ 3080particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\ 3081\n\ 3082Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\ 3083@emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\ 3084that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\ 3085\n\ 3086The default implementation of this function returns\n\ 3087@code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\ 3088and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\ 3089@code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\ 3090nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\ 3091by overriding it.", 3092 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode), 3093 default_shift_truncation_mask) 3094 3095/* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present, 3096 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by 3097 the reciprocal. */ 3098DEFHOOK 3099(min_divisions_for_recip_mul, 3100 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\ 3101divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\ 3102the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\ 3103that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\ 3104of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\ 3105has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.", 3106 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode), 3107 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul) 3108 3109DEFHOOK 3110(truly_noop_truncation, 3111 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\ 3112@var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\ 3113smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\ 3114@var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\ 3115is correct for most machines.\n\ 3116\n\ 3117If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\ 3118suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\ 3119mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.", 3120 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec), 3121 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true) 3122 3123/* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are 3124 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return 3125 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */ 3126/* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not 3127 necessarily defined at this point. */ 3128DEFHOOK 3129(mode_rep_extended, 3130 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\ 3131are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\ 3132@code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\ 3133sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\ 3134otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\ 3135representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\ 3136@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\ 3137@code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\ 3138@var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\ 3139widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\ 3140\n\ 3141Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\ 3142value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\ 3143as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\ 3144@code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\ 3145\n\ 3146Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\ 3147describe two related properties. If you define\n\ 3148@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\ 3149to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\ 3150extension.\n\ 3151\n\ 3152In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\ 3153@code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\ 3154@code{mode}.", 3155 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode), 3156 default_mode_rep_extended) 3157 3158 DEFHOOK 3159(setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p, 3160 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\ 3161 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\ 3162 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\ 3163 \n\ 3164 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\ 3165 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\ 3166 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\ 3167 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\ 3168 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\ 3169 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.", 3170 bool, (void), 3171 hook_bool_void_false) 3172 3173/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */ 3174DEFHOOK 3175(valid_pointer_mode, 3176 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\ 3177with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\ 3178hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.", 3179 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode), 3180 default_valid_pointer_mode) 3181 3182/* Disambiguate with errno. */ 3183DEFHOOK 3184(ref_may_alias_errno, 3185 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\ 3186 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\ 3187 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\ 3188 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\ 3189 a pointer to int.", 3190 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref), 3191 default_ref_may_alias_errno) 3192 3193/* Support for named address spaces. */ 3194#undef HOOK_PREFIX 3195#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_" 3196HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space) 3197 3198/* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */ 3199DEFHOOK 3200(pointer_mode, 3201 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\ 3202@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\ 3203The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.", 3204 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space), 3205 default_addr_space_pointer_mode) 3206 3207/* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */ 3208DEFHOOK 3209(address_mode, 3210 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\ 3211@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\ 3212The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.", 3213 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space), 3214 default_addr_space_address_mode) 3215 3216/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))) 3217 in another address space. */ 3218DEFHOOK 3219(valid_pointer_mode, 3220 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\ 3221with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\ 3222hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\ 3223except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\ 3224version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\ 3225@code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\ 3226target hooks for the given address space.", 3227 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as), 3228 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode) 3229 3230/* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address 3231 space for a given mode. */ 3232DEFHOOK 3233(legitimate_address_p, 3234 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\ 3235@var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\ 3236parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\ 3237finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\ 3238@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\ 3239explicit named address space support.", 3240 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as), 3241 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p) 3242 3243/* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named 3244 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine 3245 independent methods to make the address valid. */ 3246DEFHOOK 3247(legitimize_address, 3248 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\ 3249with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\ 3250hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\ 3251except that it includes explicit named address space support.", 3252 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as), 3253 default_addr_space_legitimize_address) 3254 3255/* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */ 3256DEFHOOK 3257(subset_p, 3258 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\ 3259contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\ 3260a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\ 3261will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\ 3262arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\ 3263converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.", 3264 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset), 3265 default_addr_space_subset_p) 3266 3267/* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if 3268 0 is a NULL in the address space. */ 3269DEFHOOK 3270(zero_address_valid, 3271 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\ 3272address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.", 3273 bool, (addr_space_t as), 3274 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid) 3275 3276/* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */ 3277DEFHOOK 3278(convert, 3279 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\ 3280@var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\ 3281space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\ 3282to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\ 3283guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\ 3284as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.", 3285 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type), 3286 default_addr_space_convert) 3287 3288/* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */ 3289DEFHOOK 3290(debug, 3291 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\ 3292The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.", 3293 int, (addr_space_t as), 3294 default_addr_space_debug) 3295 3296/* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */ 3297DEFHOOK 3298(diagnose_usage, 3299 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\ 3300command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\ 3301address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\ 3302to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\ 3303was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\ 3304the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\ 3305@var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\ 3306The default implementation does nothing.", 3307 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc), 3308 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage) 3309 3310HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space) 3311 3312#undef HOOK_PREFIX 3313#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_" 3314 3315DEFHOOK 3316(static_rtx_alignment, 3317 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\ 3318statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\ 3319is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\ 3320@samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.", 3321 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode), 3322 default_static_rtx_alignment) 3323 3324DEFHOOK 3325(constant_alignment, 3326 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\ 3327placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\ 3328is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\ 3329\n\ 3330The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\ 3331\n\ 3332The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\ 3333constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\ 3334constants can be done inline. The function\n\ 3335@code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.", 3336 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align), 3337 default_constant_alignment) 3338 3339DEFHOOK 3340(translate_mode_attribute, 3341 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\ 3342translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\ 3343@code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\ 3344\n\ 3345The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.", 3346 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode), 3347 default_translate_mode_attribute) 3348 3349/* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to 3350 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all 3351 the arithmetic is supported. */ 3352DEFHOOK 3353(scalar_mode_supported_p, 3354 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\ 3355insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\ 3356considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\ 3357must work.\n\ 3358\n\ 3359The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\ 3360required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\ 3361Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\ 3362code in @file{optabs.c}.", 3363 bool, (scalar_mode mode), 3364 default_scalar_mode_supported_p) 3365 3366/* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At 3367 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins 3368 for further details. */ 3369DEFHOOK 3370(vector_mode_supported_p, 3371 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\ 3372insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\ 3373must have move patterns for this mode.", 3374 bool, (machine_mode mode), 3375 hook_bool_mode_false) 3376 3377DEFHOOK 3378(vector_alignment, 3379 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\ 3380@var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\ 3381require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\ 3382this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\ 3383the vector element type.", 3384 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type), 3385 default_vector_alignment) 3386 3387DEFHOOK 3388(array_mode, 3389 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\ 3390@var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\ 3391Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\ 3392latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\ 3393if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\ 3394integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\ 3395@code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\ 3396used in specific cases.\n\ 3397\n\ 3398The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\ 3399also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.", 3400 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems), 3401 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none) 3402 3403/* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array, 3404 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */ 3405DEFHOOK 3406(array_mode_supported_p, 3407 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\ 3408of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\ 3409Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\ 3410and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\ 3411\n\ 3412One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\ 3413that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\ 3414has operations like:\n\ 3415\n\ 3416@smallexample\n\ 3417int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\ 3418@end smallexample\n\ 3419\n\ 3420where the return type is defined as:\n\ 3421\n\ 3422@smallexample\n\ 3423typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\ 3424@{\n\ 3425 int8x8_t val[3];\n\ 3426@} int8x8x3_t;\n\ 3427@end smallexample\n\ 3428\n\ 3429If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\ 3430@code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\ 3431@code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.", 3432 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems), 3433 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false) 3434 3435DEFHOOK 3436(libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p, 3437 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\ 3438floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\ 3439@code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\ 3440hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\ 3441@code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.", 3442 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode), 3443 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p) 3444 3445DEFHOOK 3446(floatn_mode, 3447 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\ 3448@code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\ 3449@code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\ 3450supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\ 3451this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\ 3452@code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\ 3453@code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\ 3454those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\ 3455@code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\ 3456returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\ 3457satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\ 3458@code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\ 3459of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\ 3460ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\ 3461if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.", 3462 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended), 3463 default_floatn_mode) 3464 3465DEFHOOK 3466(floatn_builtin_p, 3467 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\ 3468@code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\ 3469built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\ 3470normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\ 3471to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\ 3472the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\ 3473the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\ 3474@code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.", 3475 bool, (int func), 3476 default_floatn_builtin_p) 3477 3478/* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of 3479 TO, using MODE. */ 3480DEFHOOK 3481(register_move_cost, 3482 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\ 3483from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\ 3484are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\ 3485A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\ 3486that.\n\ 3487\n\ 3488It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\ 3489same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\ 3490registers if they are not general registers.\n\ 3491\n\ 3492If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\ 3493hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\ 3494classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\ 3495constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\ 3496allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\ 3497if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\ 3498\n\ 3499The default version of this function returns 2.", 3500 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to), 3501 default_register_move_cost) 3502 3503/* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */ 3504/* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL 3505 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */ 3506DEFHOOK 3507(memory_move_cost, 3508 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\ 3509between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\ 3510if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\ 3511This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\ 3512If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\ 3513registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\ 3514\n\ 3515If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\ 3516the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\ 3517needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\ 3518between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\ 3519more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\ 3520reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\ 3521\n\ 3522GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\ 3523secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\ 3524a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\ 3525secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\ 35264 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\ 3527value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\ 3528are the same as to this target hook.", 3529 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in), 3530 default_memory_move_cost) 3531 3532DEFHOOK 3533(use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p, 3534 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\ 3535two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\ 3536when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\ 3537implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\ 3538insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\ 3539@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\ 3540unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\ 3541\n\ 3542This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\ 3543given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\ 3544infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\ 3545Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\ 3546units.\n\ 3547\n\ 3548The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\ 3549@code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\ 3550@code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\ 3551under consideration.\n\ 3552\n\ 3553The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\ 3554optimized for speed rather than size.\n\ 3555\n\ 3556Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\ 3557for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\ 3558@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\ 3559@code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\ 3560insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\ 3561the body of the memory operation.\n\ 3562\n\ 3563Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\ 3564in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\ 3565move would be greater than that of a library call.", 3566 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment, 3567 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p), 3568 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p) 3569 3570DEFHOOK 3571(compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio, 3572 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\ 3573number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\ 3574allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\ 3575factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\ 3576one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\ 3577particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\ 3578negative number from this hook.", 3579 int, (machine_mode mode), 3580 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio) 3581 3582DEFHOOK 3583(slow_unaligned_access, 3584 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\ 3585@var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\ 3586than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\ 3587This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\ 3588@code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\ 3589\n\ 3590When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\ 3591@code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\ 3592moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\ 3593Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\ 3594add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\ 3595\n\ 3596The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\ 3597The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.", 3598 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align), 3599 default_slow_unaligned_access) 3600 3601DEFHOOK 3602(optab_supported_p, 3603 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\ 3604modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\ 3605The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\ 3606whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\ 3607optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\ 3608\n\ 3609For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\ 3610@var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\ 3611optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\ 3612\n\ 3613The default hook returns true for all inputs.", 3614 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2, 3615 optimization_type opt_type), 3616 default_optab_supported_p) 3617 3618/* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will 3619 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is 3620 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers 3621 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */ 3622DEFHOOK 3623(small_register_classes_for_mode_p, 3624 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\ 3625small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\ 3626@var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\ 3627in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\ 3628In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\ 3629for any mode.\n\ 3630\n\ 3631On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\ 3632insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\ 3633to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\ 3634if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\ 3635insn.\n\ 3636\n\ 3637Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\ 3638in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\ 3639the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\ 3640classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\ 3641registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\ 3642registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\ 3643SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\ 3644strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\ 3645machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\ 3646\n\ 3647The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\ 3648safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\ 3649unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\ 3650that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\ 3651to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\ 3652of spill registers and print a fatal error message.", 3653 bool, (machine_mode mode), 3654 hook_bool_mode_false) 3655 3656/* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the 3657 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */ 3658DEFHOOKPOD 3659(flags_regnum, 3660 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\ 3661 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\ 3662 appropriately.", 3663 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM) 3664 3665/* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete 3666 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be 3667 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */ 3668/* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's 3669 not necessarily defined at this point. */ 3670DEFHOOK 3671(rtx_costs, 3672 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\ 3673\n\ 3674The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\ 3675available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\ 3676as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\ 3677That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\ 3678that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\ 3679either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\ 3680(b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\ 3681\n\ 3682@var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\ 3683do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\ 3684\n\ 3685In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\ 3686@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\ 3687instructions.\n\ 3688\n\ 3689On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\ 3690for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\ 3691necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\ 3692for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\ 3693operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\ 3694\n\ 3695When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\ 3696false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\ 3697size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\ 3698\n\ 3699The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\ 3700processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.", 3701 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed), 3702 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false) 3703 3704/* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with 3705 invalid addresses. */ 3706DEFHOOK 3707(address_cost, 3708 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\ 3709@var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\ 3710the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\ 3711\n\ 3712For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\ 3713true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\ 3714instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\ 3715all addresses will have equal costs.\n\ 3716\n\ 3717In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\ 3718the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\ 3719cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\ 3720\n\ 3721For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\ 3722and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\ 3723is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\ 3724references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\ 3725the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\ 3726that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\ 3727instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\ 3728specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\ 3729\n\ 3730This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\ 3731\n\ 3732On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\ 3733cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\ 3734@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\ 3735be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\ 3736@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\ 3737should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\ 3738should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\ 3739registers on machines with lots of registers.", 3740 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed), 3741 default_address_cost) 3742 3743/* Compute a cost for INSN. */ 3744DEFHOOK 3745(insn_cost, 3746 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\ 3747\n\ 3748In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\ 3749@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\ 3750instructions.\n\ 3751\n\ 3752When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\ 3753false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\ 3754size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.", 3755 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL) 3756 3757/* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with 3758 well defined units. */ 3759DEFHOOK 3760(max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost, 3761 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\ 3762giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\ 3763if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\ 3764The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\ 3765that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\ 3766@code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\ 3767unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\ 3768RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\ 3769is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\ 3770\n\ 3771@code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\ 3772branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\ 3773were true.\n\ 3774\n\ 3775The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\ 3776@code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\ 3777and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.", 3778unsigned int, (edge e), 3779default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost) 3780 3781/* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate 3782 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */ 3783DEFHOOK 3784(noce_conversion_profitable_p, 3785 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\ 3786candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\ 3787@code{if_info}.", 3788bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info), 3789default_noce_conversion_profitable_p) 3790 3791DEFHOOK 3792(estimated_poly_value, 3793 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\ 3794things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. The default\n\ 3795implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.", 3796 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val), 3797 default_estimated_poly_value) 3798 3799/* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch 3800 scheduling. */ 3801DEFHOOK 3802(no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p, 3803 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\ 3804speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\ 3805such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\ 3806delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\ 3807disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\ 3808delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\ 3809as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void), 3810 hook_bool_void_false) 3811 3812/* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */ 3813DEFHOOK 3814(allocate_initial_value, 3815 "\n\ 3816When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\ 3817register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\ 3818to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\ 3819it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\ 3820is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\ 3821that had its initial value copied by using\n\ 3822@code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\ 3823Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\ 3824to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\ 3825the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\ 3826@code{MEM}.\n\ 3827If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\ 3828it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\ 3829You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\ 3830@code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\ 3831register in question will not be clobbered.\n\ 3832The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\ 3833allocation.", 3834 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL) 3835 3836/* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap. 3837 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */ 3838DEFHOOK 3839(unspec_may_trap_p, 3840 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\ 3841@code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\ 3842this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\ 3843@code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\ 3844to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\ 3845passed along.", 3846 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags), 3847 default_unspec_may_trap_p) 3848 3849/* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers 3850 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook 3851 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in 3852 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be 3853 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this 3854 hook should return NULL_RTX. */ 3855DEFHOOK 3856(dwarf_register_span, 3857 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\ 3858represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\ 3859register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\ 3860locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\ 3861register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\ 3862If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.", 3863 rtx, (rtx reg), 3864 hook_rtx_rtx_null) 3865 3866/* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame 3867 register. */ 3868DEFHOOK 3869(dwarf_frame_reg_mode, 3870 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\ 3871corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\ 3872used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\ 3873clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size", 3874 machine_mode, (int regno), 3875 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode) 3876 3877/* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table 3878 entries not corresponding directly to registers below 3879 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary 3880 code, given the address of the table. */ 3881DEFHOOK 3882(init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra, 3883 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\ 3884multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\ 3885sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\ 3886It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\ 3887filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\ 3888@var{address} is the address of the table.", 3889 void, (tree address), 3890 hook_void_tree) 3891 3892/* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for 3893 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to 3894 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a 3895 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the 3896 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are 3897 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed 3898 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */ 3899DEFHOOK 3900(fixed_condition_code_regs, 3901 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\ 3902register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\ 3903regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\ 3904hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\ 3905small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\ 3906to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\ 3907arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\ 3908When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\ 3909integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\ 3910@code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\ 3911\n\ 3912The default version of this hook returns false.", 3913 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2), 3914 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false) 3915 3916/* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition 3917 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison 3918 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original 3919 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return 3920 VOIDmode. */ 3921DEFHOOK 3922(cc_modes_compatible, 3923 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\ 3924@code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\ 3925validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\ 3926target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\ 3927both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\ 3928return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\ 3929\n\ 3930The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\ 3931same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\ 3932returns @code{VOIDmode}.", 3933 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2), 3934 default_cc_modes_compatible) 3935 3936/* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before 3937 delayed-branch scheduling. */ 3938DEFHOOK 3939(machine_dependent_reorg, 3940 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\ 3941instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\ 3942just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\ 3943\n\ 3944The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\ 3945it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\ 3946laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\ 3947Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\ 3948\n\ 3949You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\ 3950definition is null.", 3951 void, (void), NULL) 3952 3953/* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */ 3954DEFHOOK 3955(build_builtin_va_list, 3956 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\ 3957The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.", 3958 tree, (void), 3959 std_build_builtin_va_list) 3960 3961/* Enumerate the va list variants. */ 3962DEFHOOK 3963(enum_va_list_p, 3964 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\ 3965to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\ 3966variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\ 3967to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\ 3968variable.\n\ 3969The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\ 3970this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\ 3971internal type.\n\ 3972If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\ 3973Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\ 3974macro to iterate through all types.", 3975 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree), 3976 NULL) 3977 3978/* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */ 3979DEFHOOK 3980(fn_abi_va_list, 3981 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\ 3982@var{fndecl}.\n\ 3983The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.", 3984 tree, (tree fndecl), 3985 std_fn_abi_va_list) 3986 3987/* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */ 3988DEFHOOK 3989(canonical_va_list_type, 3990 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\ 3991type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\ 3992@code{NULL_TREE}.", 3993 tree, (tree type), 3994 std_canonical_va_list_type) 3995 3996/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */ 3997DEFHOOK_UNDOC 3998(expand_builtin_va_start, 3999"Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.", 4000 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL) 4001 4002/* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */ 4003DEFHOOK 4004(gimplify_va_arg_expr, 4005 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\ 4006@code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\ 4007arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\ 4008@code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.", 4009 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p), 4010 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr) 4011 4012/* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific. 4013 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored, 4014 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same 4015 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid, 4016 or an error message if not. */ 4017DEFHOOK 4018(get_pch_validity, 4019 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\ 4020@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\ 4021@samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.", 4022 void *, (size_t *sz), 4023 default_get_pch_validity) 4024 4025DEFHOOK 4026(pch_valid_p, 4027 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\ 4028compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\ 4029if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\ 4030be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\ 4031\n\ 4032@var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\ 4033when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\ 4034It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\ 4035compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\ 4036\n\ 4037The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\ 4038suitable for most targets.", 4039 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz), 4040 default_pch_valid_p) 4041 4042DEFHOOK 4043(prepare_pch_save, 4044 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\ 4045garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\ 4046it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\ 4047to do anything here.", 4048 void, (void), 4049 hook_void_void) 4050 4051/* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the 4052 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so, 4053 otherwise it returns an error message. */ 4054DEFHOOK 4055(check_pch_target_flags, 4056 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\ 4057@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\ 4058of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\ 4059@code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\ 4060value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.", 4061 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL) 4062 4063/* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many 4064 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of 4065 that type. */ 4066DEFHOOK 4067(default_short_enums, 4068 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\ 4069@code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\ 4070of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\ 4071@code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\ 4072\n\ 4073The default is to return false.", 4074 bool, (void), 4075 hook_bool_void_false) 4076 4077/* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address 4078 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */ 4079DEFHOOK 4080(builtin_setjmp_frame_value, 4081 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\ 4082the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\ 4083The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\ 4084machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\ 4085@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.", 4086 rtx, (void), 4087 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value) 4088 4089/* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints, 4090 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */ 4091DEFHOOK 4092(md_asm_adjust, 4093 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\ 4094@var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\ 4095clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\ 4096to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\ 4097\n\ 4098It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\ 4099as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\ 4100a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.", 4101 rtx_insn *, 4102 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints, 4103 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs), 4104 NULL) 4105 4106/* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention 4107 in the debug information. This function actually returns an 4108 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations 4109 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included 4110 the function is being declared as an int. */ 4111DEFHOOK 4112(dwarf_calling_convention, 4113 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\ 4114be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\ 4115value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.", 4116 int, (const_tree function), 4117 hook_int_const_tree_0) 4118 4119/* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that 4120 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info 4121 engine will invoke it on insns of the form 4122 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX)) 4123 and 4124 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX)) 4125 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */ 4126DEFHOOK 4127(dwarf_handle_frame_unspec, 4128 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\ 4129contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\ 4130info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\ 4131@smallexample\n\ 4132(set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\ 4133@end smallexample\n\ 4134and\n\ 4135@smallexample\n\ 4136(set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\ 4137@end smallexample\n\ 4138to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\ 4139the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\ 4140the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.", 4141 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL) 4142 4143DEFHOOK 4144(dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value, 4145 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\ 4146expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\ 4147register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\ 4148that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\ 4149@smallexample\n\ 4150value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\ 4151@end smallexample\n\ 4152\n\ 4153A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\ 4154@samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.", 4155 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset), 4156 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value) 4157 4158/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */ 4159DEFHOOK_UNDOC 4160(stdarg_optimize_hook, 4161"Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\ 4162 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\ 4163 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.", 4164 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL) 4165 4166/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL 4167 that represents the external variable that contains the stack 4168 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */ 4169DEFHOOK 4170(stack_protect_guard, 4171 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\ 4172for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\ 4173runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\ 4174that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\ 4175variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\ 4176\n\ 4177The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\ 4178@samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.", 4179 tree, (void), 4180 default_stack_protect_guard) 4181 4182/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR 4183 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */ 4184DEFHOOK 4185(stack_protect_fail, 4186 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\ 4187stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\ 4188involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\ 4189\n\ 4190The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\ 4191@samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\ 4192normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.", 4193 tree, (void), 4194 default_external_stack_protect_fail) 4195 4196/* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack 4197 protector runtime support. */ 4198DEFHOOK 4199(stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p, 4200 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\ 4201 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.", 4202 bool, (void), 4203 hook_bool_void_true) 4204 4205DEFHOOK 4206(have_speculation_safe_value, 4207"This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\ 4208 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\ 4209 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\ 4210 this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\ 4211 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\ 4212 \n\ 4213 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\ 4214 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\ 4215 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\ 4216 compilation for the second case.\n\ 4217 \n\ 4218 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\ 4219 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\ 4220 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\ 4221 along with your other target hooks.", 4222bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value) 4223 4224DEFHOOK 4225(speculation_safe_value, 4226"This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\ 4227 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\ 4228 built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\ 4229 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\ 4230 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\ 4231 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\ 4232 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\ 4233 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\ 4234 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\ 4235 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\ 4236 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\ 4237 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\ 4238 \n\ 4239 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\ 4240 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.", 4241rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval), 4242 default_speculation_safe_value) 4243 4244 4245DEFHOOK 4246(can_use_doloop_p, 4247 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\ 4248and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\ 4249exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\ 4250the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\ 4251the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\ 4252contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\ 4253loop is only entered from the top.\n\ 4254\n\ 4255This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\ 4256implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\ 4257if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.", 4258 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max, 4259 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top), 4260 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true) 4261 4262/* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block, 4263 otherwise it returns an error message. */ 4264DEFHOOK 4265(invalid_within_doloop, 4266 "\n\ 4267Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\ 4268low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\ 4269could not be applied.\n\ 4270\n\ 4271Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\ 4272instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\ 4273the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\ 4274By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\ 4275loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.", 4276 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn), 4277 default_invalid_within_doloop) 4278 4279/* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */ 4280DEFHOOK 4281(legitimate_combined_insn, 4282"Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\ 4283 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\ 4284 default is to accept all instructions.", 4285 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), 4286 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true) 4287 4288DEFHOOK 4289(valid_dllimport_attribute_p, 4290"@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\ 4291 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\ 4292 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.", 4293 bool, (const_tree decl), 4294 hook_bool_const_tree_true) 4295 4296/* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this 4297 value. */ 4298DEFHOOKPOD 4299(const_anchor, 4300 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\ 4301a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\ 4302is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\ 4303is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\ 4304subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\ 4305the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\ 4306available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\ 4307constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\ 4308down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\ 4309@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\ 4310accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\ 4311value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\ 4312MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\ 4313@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\ 4314is zero, which disables this optimization.", 4315 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0) 4316 4317/* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */ 4318DEFHOOK 4319(memmodel_check, 4320 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\ 4321memory model bits are allowed.", 4322 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL) 4323 4324/* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding 4325 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not 4326 supported by the target. */ 4327DEFHOOK 4328(asan_shadow_offset, 4329 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\ 4330Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\ 4331supported by the target.", 4332 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void), 4333 NULL) 4334 4335/* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */ 4336/* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */ 4337HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls) 4338 4339DEFHOOK 4340(promote_function_mode, 4341 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\ 4342function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\ 4343and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\ 4344change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\ 4345pointer} types.\n\ 4346\n\ 4347@var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\ 4348return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\ 4349@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\ 4350If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\ 4351which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\ 4352then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\ 4353the signedness may be different.\n\ 4354\n\ 4355@var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\ 4356\n\ 4357The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\ 4358also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\ 4359if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.", 4360 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp, 4361 const_tree funtype, int for_return), 4362 default_promote_function_mode) 4363 4364DEFHOOK 4365(promote_prototypes, 4366 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\ 4367prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\ 4368passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\ 4369cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\ 4370The default is to not promote prototypes.", 4371 bool, (const_tree fntype), 4372 hook_bool_const_tree_false) 4373 4374DEFHOOK 4375(struct_value_rtx, 4376 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\ 4377address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\ 4378passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\ 4379be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\ 4380hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\ 4381argument.\n\ 4382\n\ 4383On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\ 4384is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\ 4385caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\ 4386be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\ 4387@var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\ 4388the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\ 4389the caller.\n\ 4390\n\ 4391If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\ 4392stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\ 4393@var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\ 4394structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\ 4395to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.", 4396 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming), 4397 hook_rtx_tree_int_null) 4398 4399DEFHOOKPOD 4400(omit_struct_return_reg, 4401 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\ 4402is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\ 4403arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\ 4404pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\ 4405undesirable on your target.", 4406 bool, false) 4407 4408DEFHOOK 4409(return_in_memory, 4410 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\ 4411function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\ 4412Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\ 4413will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\ 4414libcalls.\n\ 4415\n\ 4416Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\ 4417by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\ 4418takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\ 4419possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\ 4420definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\ 4421values, and 0 otherwise.\n\ 4422\n\ 4423Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\ 4424be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\ 4425to indicate this.", 4426 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype), 4427 default_return_in_memory) 4428 4429DEFHOOK 4430(return_in_msb, 4431 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\ 4432at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\ 4433padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\ 4434is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\ 4435\n\ 4436Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\ 4437be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\ 4438or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\ 44394-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\ 4440@code{SImode} rtx.", 4441 bool, (const_tree type), 4442 hook_bool_const_tree_false) 4443 4444/* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may 4445 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is 4446 from __builtin_va_arg. */ 4447DEFHOOK 4448(pass_by_reference, 4449 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\ 4450position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\ 4451predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\ 4452passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\ 4453\n\ 4454If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\ 4455pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\ 4456The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\ 4457to that type.", 4458 bool, 4459 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named), 4460 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false) 4461 4462DEFHOOK 4463(expand_builtin_saveregs, 4464 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\ 4465@code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\ 4466beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\ 4467return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\ 4468to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.", 4469 rtx, (void), 4470 default_expand_builtin_saveregs) 4471 4472/* Returns pretend_argument_size. */ 4473DEFHOOK 4474(setup_incoming_varargs, 4475 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\ 4476@code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\ 4477@code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\ 4478register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\ 4479have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\ 4480use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\ 4481pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\ 4482\n\ 4483The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\ 4484structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\ 4485named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\ 4486last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\ 4487\n\ 4488The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\ 4489argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\ 4490store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\ 4491variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\ 4492store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\ 4493frame.\n\ 4494\n\ 4495Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\ 4496compile time without knowing their data types,\n\ 4497@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\ 4498have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\ 4499for all data types.\n\ 4500\n\ 4501If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\ 4502arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\ 4503happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\ 4504end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\ 4505not generate any instructions in this case.", 4506 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type, 4507 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time), 4508 default_setup_incoming_varargs) 4509 4510DEFHOOK 4511(load_bounds_for_arg, 4512 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\ 4513@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\ 4514bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\ 4515memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\ 4516memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\ 4517constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\ 4518should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.", 4519 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no), 4520 default_load_bounds_for_arg) 4521 4522DEFHOOK 4523(store_bounds_for_arg, 4524 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\ 4525@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\ 4526@var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\ 4527memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\ 4528memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\ 4529constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\ 4530should be used to store @var{bounds}.", 4531 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no), 4532 default_store_bounds_for_arg) 4533 4534DEFHOOK 4535(load_returned_bounds, 4536 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\ 4537returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\ 4538loaded bounds.", 4539 rtx, (rtx slot), 4540 default_load_returned_bounds) 4541 4542DEFHOOK 4543(store_returned_bounds, 4544 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\ 4545returned by function call into @var{slot}.", 4546 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds), 4547 default_store_returned_bounds) 4548 4549DEFHOOK 4550(setup_incoming_vararg_bounds, 4551 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\ 4552into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\ 4553@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.", 4554 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type, 4555 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time), 4556 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds) 4557 4558DEFHOOK 4559(call_args, 4560 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\ 4561for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\ 4562@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\ 4563before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\ 4564function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\ 4565@code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\ 4566invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\ 4567This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\ 4568registers if a target needs it.\n\ 4569For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\ 4570passed instead of an argument register.\n\ 4571Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.", 4572 void, (rtx, tree), 4573 hook_void_rtx_tree) 4574 4575DEFHOOK 4576(end_call_args, 4577 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\ 4578just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\ 4579signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\ 4580emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\ 4581Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.", 4582 void, (void), 4583 hook_void_void) 4584 4585DEFHOOK 4586(strict_argument_naming, 4587 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\ 4588argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\ 4589\n\ 4590This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\ 4591is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\ 4592@code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\ 4593arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\ 4594but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\ 4595then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\ 4596except the last are treated as named.\n\ 4597\n\ 4598You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.", 4599 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca), 4600 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false) 4601 4602/* Returns true if we should use 4603 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or 4604 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */ 4605DEFHOOK 4606(pretend_outgoing_varargs_named, 4607 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\ 4608@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\ 4609@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\ 4610defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\ 4611@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\ 4612Otherwise, you should not define this hook.", 4613 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca), 4614 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named) 4615 4616/* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T 4617 should be passed as two scalars. */ 4618DEFHOOK 4619(split_complex_arg, 4620 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\ 4621as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\ 4622arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\ 4623to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\ 4624AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\ 4625registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\ 4626point register.\n\ 4627\n\ 4628The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\ 4629false.", 4630 bool, (const_tree type), NULL) 4631 4632/* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers, 4633 but must be passed on the stack. */ 4634/* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference. 4635 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */ 4636DEFHOOK 4637(must_pass_in_stack, 4638 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\ 4639solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\ 4640definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\ 4641documentation.", 4642 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type), 4643 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad) 4644 4645/* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference, 4646 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than 4647 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */ 4648DEFHOOK 4649(callee_copies, 4650 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\ 4651known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\ 4652function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\ 4653by the caller.\n\ 4654\n\ 4655For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\ 4656determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\ 4657not be generated.\n\ 4658\n\ 4659The default version of this hook always returns false.", 4660 bool, 4661 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named), 4662 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false) 4663 4664/* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely 4665 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed 4666 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */ 4667DEFHOOK 4668(arg_partial_bytes, 4669 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\ 4670argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\ 4671arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\ 4672pushed on the stack.\n\ 4673\n\ 4674On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\ 4675registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\ 4676first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\ 4677on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\ 4678structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\ 4679in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\ 4680compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\ 4681\n\ 4682@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\ 4683register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\ 4684@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.", 4685 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named), 4686 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0) 4687 4688/* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the 4689 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that 4690 argument. */ 4691DEFHOOK 4692(function_arg_advance, 4693 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\ 4694advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\ 4695@var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\ 4696the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\ 4697argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\ 4698\n\ 4699This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\ 4700on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\ 4701used for arguments without any special help.", 4702 void, 4703 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named), 4704 default_function_arg_advance) 4705 4706DEFHOOK 4707(function_arg_offset, 4708 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\ 4709argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\ 4710This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\ 4711arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\ 4712instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.", 4713 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type), 4714 default_function_arg_offset) 4715 4716DEFHOOK 4717(function_arg_padding, 4718 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\ 4719an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\ 4720@code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\ 4721to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\ 4722\n\ 4723The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\ 4724@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\ 4725to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\ 4726\n\ 4727This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\ 4728For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\ 4729big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\ 4730constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.", 4731 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type), 4732 default_function_arg_padding) 4733 4734/* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should 4735 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the 4736 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that 4737 argument. */ 4738DEFHOOK 4739(function_arg, 4740 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\ 4741register and if so, which register.\n\ 4742\n\ 4743The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\ 4744arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\ 4745the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\ 4746(which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\ 4747which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\ 4748nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\ 4749function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\ 4750syntax error has previously occurred.\n\ 4751\n\ 4752The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\ 4753register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\ 4754on the stack.\n\ 4755\n\ 4756The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\ 4757passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\ 4758should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\ 4759@code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\ 4760for more information.\n\ 4761\n\ 4762The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\ 4763used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\ 4764@code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\ 4765@code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\ 4766describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\ 4767@code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\ 4768register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\ 4769register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\ 4770second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\ 4771the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\ 4772As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\ 4773RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\ 4774argument is also stored on the stack.\n\ 4775\n\ 4776The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\ 4777VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\ 4778pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\ 4779\n\ 4780@cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\ 4781The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\ 4782machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\ 4783cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\ 4784done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\ 4785@var{named} is @code{false}.\n\ 4786\n\ 4787@cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\ 4788@cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\ 4789You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\ 4790in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\ 4791type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\ 4792is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\ 4793argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\ 4794defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\ 4795a register.", 4796 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, 4797 bool named), 4798 default_function_arg) 4799 4800DEFHOOK 4801(function_incoming_arg, 4802 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\ 4803views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\ 4804functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\ 4805and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\ 4806\n\ 4807In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\ 4808which the caller passes the value, and\n\ 4809@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\ 4810fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\ 4811arrive.\n\ 4812\n\ 4813@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\ 4814computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\ 4815so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\ 4816\n\ 4817If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\ 4818@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.", 4819 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, 4820 bool named), 4821 default_function_incoming_arg) 4822 4823DEFHOOK 4824(function_arg_boundary, 4825 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\ 4826with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\ 4827@code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.", 4828 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type), 4829 default_function_arg_boundary) 4830 4831DEFHOOK 4832(function_arg_round_boundary, 4833 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\ 4834which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\ 4835return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\ 4836value.", 4837 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type), 4838 default_function_arg_round_boundary) 4839 4840/* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype 4841 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */ 4842DEFHOOK 4843(invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn, 4844 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\ 4845illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\ 4846with prototype @var{typelist}.", 4847 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val), 4848 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn) 4849 4850/* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function 4851 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */ 4852DEFHOOK 4853(function_value, 4854 "\n\ 4855Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\ 4856returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\ 4857representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\ 4858representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\ 4859function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\ 4860compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\ 4861Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\ 4862a function returns a value.\n\ 4863\n\ 4864On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\ 4865(Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\ 4866place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\ 4867@code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\ 4868The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\ 4869multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\ 4870@code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\ 4871location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\ 4872the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\ 4873that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\ 4874port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\ 4875@samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\ 4876\n\ 4877If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\ 4878the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\ 4879@var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\ 4880\n\ 4881If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\ 4882node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\ 4883pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\ 4884convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\ 4885known.\n\ 4886\n\ 4887Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\ 4888which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\ 4889the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\ 4890different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\ 4891\n\ 4892@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\ 4893aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\ 4894@code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.", 4895 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing), 4896 default_function_value) 4897 4898/* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE, 4899 calling the function FN_NAME. */ 4900DEFHOOK 4901(libcall_value, 4902 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\ 4903function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\ 4904\n\ 4905The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\ 4906library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\ 4907representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\ 4908\n\ 4909If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.", 4910 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun), 4911 default_libcall_value) 4912 4913/* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for 4914 a function value as seen by the caller. */ 4915DEFHOOK 4916(function_value_regno_p, 4917 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\ 4918register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\ 4919\n\ 4920A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\ 4921second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\ 4922recognized by this target hook.\n\ 4923\n\ 4924If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\ 4925function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\ 4926should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\ 4927\n\ 4928If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.", 4929 bool, (const unsigned int regno), 4930 default_function_value_regno_p) 4931 4932/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */ 4933DEFHOOK_UNDOC 4934(internal_arg_pointer, 4935"Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\ 4936 current function.", 4937 rtx, (void), 4938 default_internal_arg_pointer) 4939 4940/* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */ 4941DEFHOOK 4942(update_stack_boundary, 4943 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\ 4944necessary.", 4945 void, (void), NULL) 4946 4947/* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign 4948 Argument Pointer if necessary. */ 4949DEFHOOK 4950(get_drap_rtx, 4951 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\ 4952different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\ 4953argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\ 4954is needed.", 4955 rtx, (void), NULL) 4956 4957/* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the 4958 stack. */ 4959DEFHOOK 4960(allocate_stack_slots_for_args, 4961 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\ 4962arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\ 4963stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\ 4964debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\ 4965@code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\ 4966cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\ 4967to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\ 4968false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.", 4969 bool, (void), 4970 hook_bool_void_true) 4971 4972/* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P 4973 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */ 4974DEFHOOK 4975(static_chain, 4976 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\ 4977targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\ 4978nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\ 4979attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\ 4980those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\ 4981\n\ 4982The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\ 4983\n\ 4984If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\ 4985provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\ 4986Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\ 4987from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\ 4988will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\ 4989@findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\ 4990@findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\ 4991@findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\ 4992The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\ 4993@code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\ 4994to refer to those items.", 4995 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p), 4996 default_static_chain) 4997 4998/* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a 4999 static chain value of CHAIN. */ 5000DEFHOOK 5001(trampoline_init, 5002 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\ 5003@var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\ 5004is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\ 5005RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\ 5006when it is called.\n\ 5007\n\ 5008If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\ 5009first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\ 5010from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\ 5011Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\ 5012trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\ 5013to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\ 5014\n\ 5015If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\ 5016enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\ 5017initializing the trampoline proper.", 5018 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain), 5019 default_trampoline_init) 5020 5021/* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */ 5022DEFHOOK 5023(trampoline_adjust_address, 5024 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\ 5025the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\ 5026memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\ 5027the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\ 5028address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\ 5029be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\ 5030If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.", 5031 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL) 5032 5033DEFHOOKPOD 5034(custom_function_descriptors, 5035 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\ 5036functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\ 5037in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\ 5038run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\ 5039pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\ 5040targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\ 5041value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\ 5042reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\ 5043\n\ 5044Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\ 5045function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\ 5046HPPA or IA-64.\n\ 5047\n\ 5048Using descriptors for nested functions\n\ 5049eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\ 5050it to be made executable.",\ 5051 int, -1) 5052 5053/* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function 5054 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the 5055 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */ 5056/* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */ 5057DEFHOOK 5058(return_pops_args, 5059 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\ 5060a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\ 5061and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\ 5062\n\ 5063@var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\ 5064the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\ 5065@code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\ 5066From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\ 5067\n\ 5068@var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\ 5069describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\ 5070@code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\ 5071From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\ 5072arguments (if known).\n\ 5073\n\ 5074When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\ 5075will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\ 5076you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\ 5077by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\ 5078a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\ 5079in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\ 5080\n\ 5081@var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\ 5082stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\ 5083argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\ 5084\n\ 5085On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\ 5086of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\ 5087calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\ 5088the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\ 5089convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\ 5090arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\ 5091nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\ 5092@var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\ 5093number of arguments.", 5094 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size), 5095 default_return_pops_args) 5096 5097/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be 5098 returned. */ 5099DEFHOOK 5100(get_raw_result_mode, 5101 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\ 5102 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\ 5103 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.", 5104 fixed_size_mode, (int regno), 5105 default_get_reg_raw_mode) 5106 5107/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be 5108 passed. */ 5109DEFHOOK 5110(get_raw_arg_mode, 5111 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\ 5112 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\ 5113 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.", 5114 fixed_size_mode, (int regno), 5115 default_get_reg_raw_mode) 5116 5117/* Return true if a type is an empty record. */ 5118DEFHOOK 5119(empty_record_p, 5120 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\ 5121is to return @code{false}.", 5122 bool, (const_tree type), 5123 hook_bool_const_tree_false) 5124 5125/* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */ 5126DEFHOOK 5127(warn_parameter_passing_abi, 5128 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\ 5129ABI.", 5130 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type), 5131 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree) 5132 5133HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls) 5134 5135DEFHOOK 5136(use_pseudo_pic_reg, 5137 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\ 5138for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.", 5139 bool, (void), 5140 hook_bool_void_false) 5141 5142DEFHOOK 5143(init_pic_reg, 5144 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\ 5145This hook is called at the start of register allocation.", 5146 void, (void), 5147 hook_void_void) 5148 5149/* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE 5150 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */ 5151DEFHOOK 5152(invalid_conversion, 5153 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\ 5154invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\ 5155if validity should be determined by the front end.", 5156 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype), 5157 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null) 5158 5159/* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is 5160 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */ 5161DEFHOOK 5162(invalid_unary_op, 5163 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\ 5164invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\ 5165@code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\ 5166if validity should be determined by the front end.", 5167 const char *, (int op, const_tree type), 5168 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null) 5169 5170/* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP 5171 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */ 5172DEFHOOK 5173(invalid_binary_op, 5174 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\ 5175invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\ 5176and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\ 5177the front end.", 5178 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2), 5179 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null) 5180 5181/* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in 5182 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type, 5183 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */ 5184DEFHOOK 5185(promoted_type, 5186 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\ 5187@var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\ 5188analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\ 5189front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\ 5190target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\ 5191This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.", 5192 tree, (const_tree type), 5193 hook_tree_const_tree_null) 5194 5195/* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion 5196 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply 5197 the standard conversion rules. */ 5198DEFHOOK 5199(convert_to_type, 5200 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\ 5201@var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\ 5202or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\ 5203This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\ 5204conversion rules.\n\ 5205This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.", 5206 tree, (tree type, tree expr), 5207 hook_tree_tree_tree_null) 5208 5209DEFHOOK 5210(can_change_mode_class, 5211 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\ 5212registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\ 5213and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\ 5214The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\ 5215both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\ 5216\n\ 5217As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\ 5218floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\ 5219to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\ 522032-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\ 5221for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\ 5222@code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\ 5223\n\ 5224@smallexample\n\ 5225(GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\ 5226 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\ 5227@end smallexample\n\ 5228\n\ 5229Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\ 5230if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\ 5231than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\ 5232mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\ 5233or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\ 5234eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\ 5235Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\ 5236entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\ 5237value that the middle-end intended.", 5238 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass), 5239 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true) 5240 5241/* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */ 5242DEFHOOK 5243(ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class, 5244 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\ 5245 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\ 5246 \n\ 5247 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.", 5248 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t), 5249 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class) 5250 5251/* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */ 5252DEFHOOK 5253(lra_p, 5254 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\ 5255 \ 5256 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\ 5257 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.", 5258 bool, (void), 5259 default_lra_p) 5260 5261/* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */ 5262DEFHOOK 5263(register_priority, 5264 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\ 5265 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\ 5266 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\ 5267 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\ 5268 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\ 5269 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\ 5270 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\ 5271 and as result making the generated code smaller.\ 5272 \ 5273 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.", 5274 int, (int), 5275 default_register_priority) 5276 5277/* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */ 5278DEFHOOK 5279(register_usage_leveling_p, 5280 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\ 5281 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\ 5282 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\ 5283 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\ 5284 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\ 5285 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\ 5286 optimizations.\ 5287 \ 5288 The default version of this target hook returns always false.", 5289 bool, (void), 5290 default_register_usage_leveling_p) 5291 5292/* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */ 5293DEFHOOK 5294(different_addr_displacement_p, 5295 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\ 5296 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\ 5297 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\ 5298 the insn.\ 5299 \ 5300 The default version of this target hook returns always false.", 5301 bool, (void), 5302 default_different_addr_displacement_p) 5303 5304/* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers 5305 instead of memory. */ 5306DEFHOOK 5307(spill_class, 5308 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\ 5309 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\ 5310 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\ 5311 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.", 5312 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode), 5313 NULL) 5314 5315/* Determine an additional allocno class. */ 5316DEFHOOK 5317(additional_allocno_class_p, 5318 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\ 5319 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\ 5320 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\ 5321 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\ 5322 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\ 5323 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.", 5324 bool, (reg_class_t), 5325 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false) 5326 5327DEFHOOK 5328(cstore_mode, 5329 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\ 5330 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\ 5331 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\ 5332 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\ 5333 patterns.", 5334 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode), 5335 default_cstore_mode) 5336 5337/* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure 5338 classes to use. */ 5339DEFHOOK 5340(compute_pressure_classes, 5341 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\ 5342 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\ 5343 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\ 5344 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.", 5345 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL) 5346 5347/* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should 5348 be accessed using BLKmode. */ 5349DEFHOOK 5350(member_type_forces_blk, 5351 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\ 5352be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\ 5353\n\ 5354If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\ 5355mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\ 5356case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\ 5357retain the field's mode.\n\ 5358\n\ 5359Normally, this is not needed.", 5360 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode), 5361 default_member_type_forces_blk) 5362 5363/* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions 5364 that gate the divod transform. */ 5365DEFHOOK 5366(expand_divmod_libfunc, 5367 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\ 5368hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.", 5369 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem), 5370 NULL) 5371 5372/* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */ 5373DEFHOOK 5374(secondary_reload, 5375 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\ 5376from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\ 5377@samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\ 5378from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\ 5379term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\ 5380directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\ 5381register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\ 5382destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\ 5383source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\ 5384reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\ 5385and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\ 5386intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\ 5387\n\ 5388Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\ 5389allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\ 5390register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\ 5391address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\ 5392when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\ 5393as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\ 5394that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\ 5395describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\ 5396these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\ 5397of the scratch register(s).\n\ 5398\n\ 5399In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\ 5400\n\ 5401For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\ 5402and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\ 5403@var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\ 5404hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\ 5405needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\ 5406\n\ 5407If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\ 5408an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\ 5409return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\ 5410If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\ 5411If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\ 5412that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\ 5413\n\ 5414If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\ 5415perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\ 5416closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\ 5417required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\ 5418copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\ 5419\n\ 5420You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\ 5421in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\ 5422and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\ 5423for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\ 5424single-register-class\n\ 5425@c [later: or memory]\n\ 5426output constraint.\n\ 5427\n\ 5428When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\ 5429hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\ 5430register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\ 5431have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\ 5432\n\ 5433@c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\ 5434@c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\ 5435@c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\ 5436@c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\ 5437@c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\ 5438@c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\ 5439@c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\ 5440@c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\ 5441\n\ 5442\n\ 5443@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\ 5444pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\ 5445Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\ 5446in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\ 5447\n\ 5448Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\ 5449currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\ 5450to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\ 5451\n\ 5452@code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\ 5453copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\ 5454(a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\ 5455Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\ 5456of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\ 5457forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.", 5458 reg_class_t, 5459 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode, 5460 secondary_reload_info *sri), 5461 default_secondary_reload) 5462 5463DEFHOOK 5464(secondary_memory_needed, 5465 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\ 5466to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\ 5467those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\ 5468of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\ 5469 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\ 5470location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\ 5471false for all inputs.", 5472 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2), 5473 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false) 5474 5475DEFHOOK 5476(secondary_memory_needed_mode, 5477 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\ 5478when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\ 5479this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\ 5480\n\ 5481The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\ 5482is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\ 5483a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\ 5484that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\ 5485registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\ 5486floating-point registers.\n\ 5487\n\ 5488However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\ 5489the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\ 5490differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\ 5491widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\ 5492suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\ 5493details.\n\ 5494\n\ 5495With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.", 5496 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode), 5497 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode) 5498 5499/* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS, 5500 return the class of reg to actually use. */ 5501DEFHOOK 5502(preferred_reload_class, 5503 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\ 5504to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\ 5505@var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\ 5506another, smaller class.\n\ 5507\n\ 5508The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\ 5509\n\ 5510Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\ 5511example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\ 5512for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\ 5513@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\ 5514Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\ 5515\n\ 5516One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\ 5517@var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\ 5518loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\ 5519force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\ 5520immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\ 5521instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\ 5522register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\ 5523@var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\ 5524into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\ 5525@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\ 5526of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\ 5527\n\ 5528If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\ 5529through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\ 5530to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\ 5531reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\ 5532this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\ 5533the SSE registers (and vice versa).", 5534 reg_class_t, 5535 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass), 5536 default_preferred_reload_class) 5537 5538/* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of 5539 input reloads. */ 5540DEFHOOK 5541(preferred_output_reload_class, 5542 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\ 5543input reloads.\n\ 5544\n\ 5545The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\ 5546argument.\n\ 5547\n\ 5548You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\ 5549reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.", 5550 reg_class_t, 5551 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass), 5552 default_preferred_output_reload_class) 5553 5554DEFHOOK 5555(select_early_remat_modes, 5556 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\ 5557standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\ 5558The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\ 5559recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\ 5560\n\ 5561This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\ 5562in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\ 5563the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.", 5564 void, (sbitmap modes), 5565 default_select_early_remat_modes) 5566 5567DEFHOOK 5568(class_likely_spilled_p, 5569 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\ 5570to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\ 5571registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\ 5572\n\ 5573The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\ 5574has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\ 5575default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\ 5576i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\ 5577can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\ 5578\n\ 5579This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\ 5580transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\ 5581pressure.", 5582 bool, (reg_class_t rclass), 5583 default_class_likely_spilled_p) 5584 5585/* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers 5586 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */ 5587DEFHOOK 5588(class_max_nregs, 5589 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\ 5590of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\ 5591\n\ 5592This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\ 5593In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\ 5594@var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\ 5595@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\ 5596values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\ 5597\n\ 5598This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\ 5599in the reload pass.\n\ 5600\n\ 5601The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\ 5602in words.", 5603 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode), 5604 default_class_max_nregs) 5605 5606DEFHOOK 5607(preferred_rename_class, 5608 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\ 5609 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\ 5610 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\ 5611 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\ 5612 is not implemented.\ 5613 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\ 5614 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\ 5615 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\ 5616 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\ 5617 be reduced.", 5618 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass), 5619 default_preferred_rename_class) 5620 5621/* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution 5622 during register allocation. */ 5623DEFHOOK 5624(cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p, 5625 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\ 5626substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\ 5627register allocation.\n\ 5628The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\ 5629On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\ 5630machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\ 5631as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.", 5632 bool, (rtx subst), 5633 hook_bool_rtx_false) 5634 5635/* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus 5636 displacement addressing. */ 5637DEFHOOK 5638(legitimize_address_displacement, 5639 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\ 5640two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\ 5641a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\ 5642to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\ 5643the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\ 5644\n\ 5645The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\ 5646anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\ 5647from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.", 5648 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode), 5649 default_legitimize_address_displacement) 5650 5651/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional 5652 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */ 5653DEFHOOK 5654(expand_to_rtl_hook, 5655 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\ 5656to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\ 5657For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\ 5658for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\ 5659registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\ 5660usage.", 5661 void, (void), 5662 hook_void_void) 5663 5664/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional 5665 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet, 5666 but will be later. */ 5667DEFHOOK 5668(instantiate_decls, 5669 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\ 5670that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.", 5671 void, (void), 5672 hook_void_void) 5673 5674DEFHOOK 5675(hard_regno_nregs, 5676 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\ 5677at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\ 5678@var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\ 5679cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\ 5680@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\ 5681@code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\ 5682\n\ 5683The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.", 5684 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode), 5685 default_hard_regno_nregs) 5686 5687DEFHOOK 5688(hard_regno_mode_ok, 5689 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\ 5690of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\ 5691registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\ 5692unconditionally.\n\ 5693\n\ 5694You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\ 5695because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\ 5696\n\ 5697@cindex register pairs\n\ 5698On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\ 5699register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\ 5700odd register numbers for such modes.\n\ 5701\n\ 5702The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\ 5703@samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\ 5704register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\ 5705value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\ 5706\n\ 5707Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\ 5708all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\ 5709this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\ 5710patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\ 5711useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\ 5712and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\ 5713modes to be tieable.\n\ 5714\n\ 5715Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\ 5716Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\ 5717in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\ 5718can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\ 5719mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\ 5720registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\ 5721\n\ 5722On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\ 5723modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\ 5724registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\ 5725non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\ 5726@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\ 5727floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\ 5728normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\ 5729unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\ 5730register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\ 5731\n\ 5732The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\ 5733they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\ 5734instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\ 5735@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\ 5736constraints for those instructions.\n\ 5737\n\ 5738On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\ 5739so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\ 5740register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\ 5741floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\ 5742be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.", 5743 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode), 5744 hook_bool_uint_mode_true) 5745 5746DEFHOOK 5747(modes_tieable_p, 5748 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\ 5749in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\ 5750\n\ 5751If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\ 5752@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\ 5753the same for any @var{r}, then\n\ 5754@code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\ 5755should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\ 5756this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\ 5757accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\ 5758\n\ 5759You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\ 5760possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\ 5761allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.", 5762 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2), 5763 hook_bool_mode_mode_true) 5764 5765/* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register 5766 in peephole2. */ 5767DEFHOOK 5768(hard_regno_scratch_ok, 5769 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\ 5770@var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\ 5771\n\ 5772One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\ 5773is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\ 5774\n\ 5775The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.", 5776 bool, (unsigned int regno), 5777 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok) 5778 5779DEFHOOK 5780(hard_regno_call_part_clobbered, 5781 "This hook should return true if @var{regno} is partly call-saved and\n\ 5782partly call-clobbered, and if a value of mode @var{mode} would be partly\n\ 5783clobbered by call instruction @var{insn}. If @var{insn} is NULL then it\n\ 5784should return true if any call could partly clobber the register.\n\ 5785For example, if the low 32 bits of @var{regno} are preserved across a call\n\ 5786but higher bits are clobbered, this hook should return true for a 64-bit\n\ 5787mode but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\ 5788\n\ 5789The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\ 5790for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.", 5791 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode), 5792 hook_bool_insn_uint_mode_false) 5793 5794DEFHOOK 5795(return_call_with_max_clobbers, 5796 "This hook returns a pointer to the call that partially clobbers the\n\ 5797most registers. If a platform supports multiple ABIs where the registers\n\ 5798that are partially clobbered may vary, this function compares two\n\ 5799calls and returns a pointer to the one that clobbers the most registers.\n\ 5800If both calls clobber the same registers, @var{call_1} must be returned.\n\ 5801\n\ 5802The registers clobbered in different ABIs must be a proper subset or\n\ 5803superset of all other ABIs. @var{call_1} must always be a call insn,\n\ 5804call_2 may be NULL or a call insn.", 5805 rtx_insn *, (rtx_insn *call_1, rtx_insn *call_2), 5806 NULL) 5807 5808DEFHOOK 5809(get_multilib_abi_name, 5810 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.", 5811 const char *, (void), 5812 hook_constcharptr_void_null) 5813 5814DEFHOOK 5815(remove_extra_call_preserved_regs, 5816 "This hook removes registers from the set of call-clobbered registers\n\ 5817 in @var{used_regs} if, contrary to the default rules, something guarantees\n\ 5818 that @samp{insn} preserves those registers. For example, some targets\n\ 5819 support variant ABIs in which functions preserve more registers than\n\ 5820 normal functions would. Removing those extra registers from @var{used_regs}\n\ 5821 can lead to better register allocation.\n\ 5822 \n\ 5823 The default implementation does nothing, which is always safe.\n\ 5824 Defining the hook is purely an optimization.", 5825 void, (rtx_insn *insn, HARD_REG_SET *used_regs), 5826 default_remove_extra_call_preserved_regs) 5827 5828/* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to 5829 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */ 5830DEFHOOK 5831(case_values_threshold, 5832 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\ 5833is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\ 5834The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\ 5835five otherwise. This is best for most machines.", 5836 unsigned int, (void), 5837 default_case_values_threshold) 5838 5839DEFHOOK 5840(starting_frame_offset, 5841 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\ 5842variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\ 5843offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\ 5844offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\ 5845implementation returns 0.", 5846 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void), 5847 hook_hwi_void_0) 5848 5849/* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */ 5850DEFHOOK 5851(compute_frame_layout, 5852 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\ 5853recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\ 5854be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\ 5855layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\ 5856for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\ 5857this callback is optional.", 5858 void, (void), 5859 hook_void_void) 5860 5861/* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */ 5862DEFHOOK 5863(frame_pointer_required, 5864 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\ 5865a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\ 5866value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\ 5867\n\ 5868This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\ 5869according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\ 5870constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\ 5871to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\ 5872Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\ 5873pointer.\n\ 5874\n\ 5875In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\ 5876without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\ 5877automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\ 5878@code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\ 5879them.\n\ 5880\n\ 5881In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\ 5882register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\ 5883fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\ 5884\n\ 5885Default return value is @code{false}.", 5886 bool, (void), 5887 hook_bool_void_false) 5888 5889/* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number 5890 from-reg with register number to-reg. */ 5891DEFHOOK 5892(can_eliminate, 5893 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\ 5894try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\ 5895@var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\ 5896cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\ 5897knows about.\n\ 5898\n\ 5899Default return value is @code{true}.", 5900 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg), 5901 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true) 5902 5903/* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs, 5904 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the 5905 target. */ 5906DEFHOOK 5907(conditional_register_usage, 5908 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\ 5909@code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\ 5910@code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\ 5911any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\ 5912of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\ 5913@code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\ 5914@code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\ 5915called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\ 5916@code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\ 5917from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\ 5918@code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\ 5919@code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\ 5920@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\ 5921command options have been applied.\n\ 5922\n\ 5923@cindex disabling certain registers\n\ 5924@cindex controlling register usage\n\ 5925If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\ 5926flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\ 5927@code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\ 5928registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\ 5929@code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\ 5930that shouldn't be used.\n\ 5931\n\ 5932(However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\ 5933of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\ 5934controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\ 5935these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)", 5936 void, (void), 5937 hook_void_void) 5938 5939DEFHOOK 5940(stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range, 5941 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\ 5942When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance \ 5943up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\ 5944On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\ 5945Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise. \ 5946Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\ 5947of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\ 5948You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.", 5949 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void), 5950 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range) 5951 5952 5953/* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */ 5954#undef HOOK_PREFIX 5955#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_" 5956HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c) 5957 5958/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */ 5959DEFHOOK_UNDOC 5960(mode_for_suffix, 5961"Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\ 5962 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.", 5963 machine_mode, (char c), 5964 default_mode_for_suffix) 5965 5966DEFHOOK 5967(excess_precision, 5968 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\ 5969 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\ 5970 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\ 5971 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\ 5972 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\ 5973 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\ 5974 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\ 5975 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\ 5976 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\ 5977 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\ 5978 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\ 5979 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\ 5980 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\ 5981 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\ 5982 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\ 5983 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.", 5984 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type), 5985 default_excess_precision) 5986 5987HOOK_VECTOR_END (c) 5988 5989/* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */ 5990#undef HOOK_PREFIX 5991#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_" 5992HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx) 5993 5994/* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */ 5995DEFHOOK 5996(guard_type, 5997 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\ 5998These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\ 5999default is long_long_integer_type_node.", 6000 tree, (void), 6001 default_cxx_guard_type) 6002 6003/* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */ 6004DEFHOOK 6005(guard_mask_bit, 6006 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\ 6007@code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\ 6008@code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.", 6009 bool, (void), 6010 hook_bool_void_false) 6011 6012/* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */ 6013DEFHOOK 6014(get_cookie_size, 6015 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\ 6016whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\ 6017known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\ 6018@code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\ 6019IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.", 6020 tree, (tree type), 6021 default_cxx_get_cookie_size) 6022 6023/* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */ 6024DEFHOOK 6025(cookie_has_size, 6026 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\ 6027array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.", 6028 bool, (void), 6029 hook_bool_void_false) 6030 6031/* Allows backends to perform additional processing when 6032 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */ 6033DEFHOOK 6034(import_export_class, 6035 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\ 6036class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\ 6037will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\ 6038to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\ 6039modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\ 6040backend's targeted operating system.", 6041 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL) 6042 6043/* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */ 6044DEFHOOK 6045(cdtor_returns_this, 6046 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\ 6047the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\ 6048@code{false}.", 6049 bool, (void), 6050 hook_bool_void_false) 6051 6052/* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline 6053 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class 6054 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */ 6055DEFHOOK 6056(key_method_may_be_inline, 6057 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\ 6058which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\ 6059table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\ 6060Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\ 6061the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\ 6062some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\ 6063method. The default is to return @code{true}.", 6064 bool, (void), 6065 hook_bool_void_true) 6066 6067DEFHOOK 6068(determine_class_data_visibility, 6069"@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\ 6070 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\ 6071 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\ 6072 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\ 6073 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\ 6074 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.", 6075 void, (tree decl), 6076 hook_void_tree) 6077 6078/* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other 6079 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they 6080 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then 6081 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in 6082 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */ 6083DEFHOOK 6084(class_data_always_comdat, 6085 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\ 6086similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\ 6087external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\ 6088classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\ 6089unit will not be COMDAT.", 6090 bool, (void), 6091 hook_bool_void_true) 6092 6093/* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types, 6094 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT; 6095 false if it should not be COMDAT. */ 6096DEFHOOK 6097(library_rtti_comdat, 6098 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\ 6099the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\ 6100be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.", 6101 bool, (void), 6102 hook_bool_void_true) 6103 6104/* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static 6105 destructors. */ 6106DEFHOOK 6107(use_aeabi_atexit, 6108 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\ 6109should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\ 6110is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.", 6111 bool, (void), 6112 hook_bool_void_false) 6113 6114/* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as 6115 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */ 6116DEFHOOK 6117(use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit, 6118 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\ 6119in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\ 6120destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\ 6121shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\ 6122unloaded. The default is to return false.", 6123 bool, (void), 6124 hook_bool_void_false) 6125 6126DEFHOOK 6127(adjust_class_at_definition, 6128"@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\ 6129 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\ 6130 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).", 6131 void, (tree type), 6132 hook_void_tree) 6133 6134DEFHOOK 6135(decl_mangling_context, 6136 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.", 6137 tree, (const_tree decl), 6138 hook_tree_const_tree_null) 6139 6140HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx) 6141 6142/* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */ 6143#undef HOOK_PREFIX 6144#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_" 6145HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls) 6146 6147/* Name of the address and common functions. */ 6148DEFHOOKPOD 6149(get_address, 6150 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\ 6151object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\ 6152emulated TLS helper function to be used.", 6153 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address") 6154 6155DEFHOOKPOD 6156(register_common, 6157 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\ 6158program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\ 6159initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\ 6160have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\ 6161registration function to be used.", 6162 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common") 6163 6164/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */ 6165DEFHOOKPOD 6166(var_section, 6167 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\ 6168be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\ 6169any section.", 6170 const char *, NULL) 6171 6172DEFHOOKPOD 6173(tmpl_section, 6174 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\ 6175placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\ 6176section.", 6177 const char *, NULL) 6178 6179/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */ 6180DEFHOOKPOD 6181(var_prefix, 6182 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\ 6183The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.", 6184 const char *, NULL) 6185 6186DEFHOOKPOD 6187(tmpl_prefix, 6188 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\ 6189default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.", 6190 const char *, NULL) 6191 6192/* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */ 6193DEFHOOK 6194(var_fields, 6195 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\ 6196object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\ 6197@var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\ 6198@code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\ 6199for libgcc's emulated TLS function.", 6200 tree, (tree type, tree *name), 6201 default_emutls_var_fields) 6202 6203/* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */ 6204DEFHOOK 6205(var_init, 6206 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\ 6207TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\ 6208is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\ 6209initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.", 6210 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr), 6211 default_emutls_var_init) 6212 6213/* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the 6214 proxy variable. */ 6215DEFHOOKPOD 6216(var_align_fixed, 6217 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\ 6218fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\ 6219single objects. The default is false.", 6220 bool, false) 6221 6222/* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */ 6223DEFHOOKPOD 6224(debug_form_tls_address, 6225 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\ 6226may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.", 6227 bool, false) 6228 6229HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls) 6230 6231#undef HOOK_PREFIX 6232#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_" 6233HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks) 6234 6235/* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If 6236 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in 6237 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */ 6238DEFHOOK 6239(valid_attribute_p, 6240 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\ 6241allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\ 6242These function-specific options may differ\n\ 6243from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\ 6244@code{true} if the options are valid.\n\ 6245\n\ 6246The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\ 6247the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\ 6248@code{struct cl_target_option} structure.", 6249 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags), 6250 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p) 6251 6252/* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */ 6253DEFHOOK 6254(save, 6255 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\ 6256in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\ 6257options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\ 6258@xref{Option file format}.", 6259 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL) 6260 6261/* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options 6262 structure. */ 6263DEFHOOK 6264(restore, 6265 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\ 6266information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\ 6267function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.", 6268 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL) 6269 6270/* Function to update target-specific option information after being 6271 streamed in. */ 6272DEFHOOK 6273(post_stream_in, 6274 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\ 6275@code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\ 6276LTO bytecode.", 6277 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL) 6278 6279/* Function to print any extra target state from the target options 6280 structure. */ 6281DEFHOOK 6282(print, 6283 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\ 6284information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\ 6285function-specific options.", 6286 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL) 6287 6288/* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to 6289 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is 6290 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return 6291 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */ 6292DEFHOOK 6293(pragma_parse, 6294 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\ 6295sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\ 6296input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\ 6297@code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.", 6298 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target), 6299 default_target_option_pragma_parse) 6300 6301/* Do option overrides for the target. */ 6302DEFHOOK 6303(override, 6304 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\ 6305a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\ 6306@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\ 6307once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\ 6308\n\ 6309Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\ 6310@option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\ 6311\n\ 6312If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\ 6313changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\ 6314@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}", 6315 void, (void), 6316 hook_void_void) 6317 6318/* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same 6319 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they 6320 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes, 6321 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */ 6322DEFHOOK 6323(function_versions, 6324 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\ 6325versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\ 6326versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\ 6327different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\ 6328different target machines.", 6329 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2), 6330 hook_bool_tree_tree_false) 6331 6332/* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */ 6333#undef HOOK_PREFIX 6334#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_" 6335DEFHOOK 6336(can_inline_p, 6337 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\ 6338cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\ 6339default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\ 6340specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.", 6341 bool, (tree caller, tree callee), 6342 default_target_can_inline_p) 6343 6344DEFHOOK 6345(relayout_function, 6346"This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.", 6347 void, (tree fndecl), 6348 hook_void_tree) 6349 6350HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option) 6351 6352/* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to 6353 the function, they should define this target hook and set their 6354 bits in the bitmap passed in. */ 6355DEFHOOK 6356(extra_live_on_entry, 6357 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\ 6358function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\ 6359cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\ 6360registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\ 6361TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\ 6362FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.", 6363 void, (bitmap regs), 6364 hook_void_bitmap) 6365 6366/* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are 6367 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local 6368 definition. */ 6369DEFHOOKPOD 6370(call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers, 6371 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\ 6372clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\ 6373That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\ 6374linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\ 6375modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\ 6376in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\ 6377The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\ 6378is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.", 6379 bool, 6380 false) 6381 6382/* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */ 6383DEFHOOK 6384(set_up_by_prologue, 6385 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\ 6386 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.", 6387 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *), 6388 NULL) 6389 6390/* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a 6391 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked' 6392 function attribute. */ 6393DEFHOOK 6394(warn_func_return, 6395 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.", 6396 bool, (tree), 6397 hook_bool_tree_true) 6398 6399#undef HOOK_PREFIX 6400#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_" 6401HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap) 6402 6403DEFHOOK 6404(get_separate_components, 6405 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\ 6406components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\ 6407Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\ 6408shrink-wrapping.\n\ 6409Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\ 6410If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.", 6411 sbitmap, (void), 6412 NULL) 6413 6414DEFHOOK 6415(components_for_bb, 6416 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\ 6417components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\ 6418the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.", 6419 sbitmap, (basic_block), 6420 NULL) 6421 6422DEFHOOK 6423(disqualify_components, 6424 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\ 6425components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\ 6426@var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\ 6427epilogue instead.", 6428 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue), 6429 NULL) 6430 6431DEFHOOK 6432(emit_prologue_components, 6433 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.", 6434 void, (sbitmap), 6435 NULL) 6436 6437DEFHOOK 6438(emit_epilogue_components, 6439 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.", 6440 void, (sbitmap), 6441 NULL) 6442 6443DEFHOOK 6444(set_handled_components, 6445 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\ 6446@code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\ 6447components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\ 6448will be deleted after this call.", 6449 void, (sbitmap), 6450 NULL) 6451 6452HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap) 6453#undef HOOK_PREFIX 6454#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_" 6455 6456/* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */ 6457DEFHOOK 6458(debug_unwind_info, 6459 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\ 6460unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\ 6461@code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\ 6462return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\ 6463\n\ 6464A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\ 6465is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\ 6466\n\ 6467A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\ 6468This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.", 6469 enum unwind_info_type, (void), 6470 default_debug_unwind_info) 6471 6472DEFHOOK 6473(reset_location_view, "\ 6474This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\ 6475uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\ 6476length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\ 6477cannot be taken for granted.\n\ 6478\n\ 6479If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\ 6480the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\ 6481safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\ 6482definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\ 6483be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\ 6484\n\ 6485If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\ 6486@code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.", 6487 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL) 6488 6489/* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not 6490 defined at this time. */ 6491DEFHOOK 6492(canonicalize_comparison, 6493 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\ 6494convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\ 6495does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\ 6496comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\ 6497\n\ 6498On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\ 6499@var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\ 6500are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\ 6501@var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\ 6502allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\ 6503in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\ 6504allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\ 6505\n\ 6506GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\ 6507valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\ 6508@file{md} file.\n\ 6509\n\ 6510You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\ 6511comparison code or operands.", 6512 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value), 6513 default_canonicalize_comparison) 6514 6515DEFHOOK 6516(min_arithmetic_precision, 6517 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\ 6518maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\ 6519arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\ 6520\n\ 6521On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\ 6522using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\ 6523of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\ 6524\n\ 6525More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\ 6526compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\ 6527with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\ 6528\n\ 6529You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\ 6530defined to 1.", 6531 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision) 6532 6533DEFHOOKPOD 6534(atomic_test_and_set_trueval, 6535 "This value should be set if the result written by\ 6536 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\ 6537 @code{bool} @code{true}.", 6538 unsigned char, 1) 6539 6540/* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic 6541 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden 6542 as needed. */ 6543DEFHOOK 6544(atomic_align_for_mode, 6545"If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\ 6546 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\ 6547 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ", 6548 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode), 6549 hook_uint_mode_0) 6550 6551DEFHOOK 6552(atomic_assign_expand_fenv, 6553"ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\ 6554 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\ 6555 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \ 6556 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\ 6557 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\ 6558 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\ 6559 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\ 6560 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\ 6561 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\ 6562 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\ 6563 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\ 6564 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\ 6565 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\ 6566 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\ 6567 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.", 6568 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update), 6569 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv) 6570 6571/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */ 6572 6573/* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section 6574 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */ 6575DEFHOOKPOD 6576(have_switchable_bss_sections, 6577 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\ 6578section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\ 6579This is true on most ELF targets.", 6580 bool, false) 6581 6582/* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported, 6583 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */ 6584DEFHOOKPOD 6585(have_ctors_dtors, 6586 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\ 6587collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\ 6588It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.", 6589 bool, false) 6590 6591/* True if thread-local storage is supported. */ 6592DEFHOOKPOD 6593(have_tls, 6594 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\ 6595The default value is false.", 6596 bool, false) 6597 6598/* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */ 6599DEFHOOKPOD 6600(have_srodata_section, 6601 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\ 6602``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.", 6603 bool, false) 6604 6605/* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */ 6606DEFHOOKPOD 6607(terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info, 6608 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\ 6609end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\ 6610Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\ 6611true otherwise.", 6612 bool, true) 6613 6614/* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */ 6615DEFHOOKPOD 6616(asm_file_start_app_off, 6617 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\ 6618printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\ 6619@option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\ 6620to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\ 6621definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\ 6622assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\ 6623whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\ 6624\n\ 6625The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\ 6626verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\ 6627comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.", 6628 bool, false) 6629 6630/* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename 6631 at the beginning of assembly output. */ 6632DEFHOOKPOD 6633(asm_file_start_file_directive, 6634 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\ 6635for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\ 6636@code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\ 6637this to be done. The default is false.", 6638 bool, false) 6639 6640/* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the 6641 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */ 6642DEFHOOKPOD 6643(arm_eabi_unwinder, 6644 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\ 6645based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\ 6646the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\ 6647running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.", 6648 bool, false) 6649 6650DEFHOOKPOD 6651(want_debug_pub_sections, 6652 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\ 6653 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\ 6654 in particular GDB does not use them.", 6655 bool, false) 6656 6657DEFHOOKPOD 6658(delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\ 6659This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.", 6660bool, false) 6661 6662DEFHOOKPOD 6663(delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\ 6664This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.", 6665bool, false) 6666 6667DEFHOOKPOD 6668(no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\ 6669following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\ 6670targets.", 6671bool, false) 6672 6673/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */ 6674 6675/* Functions related to mode switching. */ 6676#undef HOOK_PREFIX 6677#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_" 6678HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching) 6679 6680DEFHOOK 6681(emit, 6682 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.", 6683 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL) 6684 6685DEFHOOK 6686(needed, 6687 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.", 6688 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL) 6689 6690DEFHOOK 6691(after, 6692 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).", 6693 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL) 6694 6695DEFHOOK 6696(entry, 6697 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.", 6698 int, (int entity), NULL) 6699 6700DEFHOOK 6701(exit, 6702 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.", 6703 int, (int entity), NULL) 6704 6705DEFHOOK 6706(priority, 6707 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.", 6708 int, (int entity, int n), NULL) 6709 6710HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching) 6711 6712#undef HOOK_PREFIX 6713#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_" 6714 6715#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \ 6716 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false) 6717#include "target-insns.def" 6718#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN 6719 6720#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \ 6721 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL) 6722#include "target-insns.def" 6723#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN 6724 6725#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \ 6726 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing) 6727#include "target-insns.def" 6728#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN 6729 6730DEFHOOK 6731(run_target_selftests, 6732 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.", 6733 void, (void), 6734 NULL) 6735 6736/* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */ 6737HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK) 6738 6739